WO2021166857A1 - Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device - Google Patents

Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021166857A1
WO2021166857A1 PCT/JP2021/005564 JP2021005564W WO2021166857A1 WO 2021166857 A1 WO2021166857 A1 WO 2021166857A1 JP 2021005564 W JP2021005564 W JP 2021005564W WO 2021166857 A1 WO2021166857 A1 WO 2021166857A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
coloring composition
mass
compound
pigment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/005564
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
宏明 出井
和也 尾田
拓貴 本橋
全弘 森
翔一 中村
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2022501879A priority Critical patent/JP7429283B2/en
Priority to KR1020227027833A priority patent/KR20220127879A/en
Publication of WO2021166857A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021166857A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B25/00Quinophthalones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B29/00Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B29/0025Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from diazotized amino heterocyclic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/004Diketopyrrolopyrrole dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/04Isoindoline dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a coloring composition containing a pigment.
  • the present invention also relates to a film, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using a coloring composition.
  • color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements.
  • a color filter usually includes pixels of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and plays a role of decomposing transmitted light into the three primary colors.
  • the colored pixels of each color of the color filter are manufactured by using a coloring composition containing a coloring material such as a pigment. Further, in the coloring composition for forming red pixels, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment or the like is used as a coloring material (for example, Patent Document 1).
  • the film formed by using the coloring composition containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment was heated to a higher temperature (for example, 230 ° C. or higher). It was found that when heated, crystals derived from the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment tend to precipitate as foreign substances in the film. Further, when the present inventor examined the coloring composition described in the examples of Patent Document 1, when the film formed by using this coloring composition was heated to a high temperature of 230 ° C. or higher, the film was formed. It was found that crystals derived from the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment were likely to precipitate as foreign substances, and there was room for further improvement.
  • a higher temperature for example, 230 ° C. or higher
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device which are excellent in light resistance and adhesion and can form a film in which precipitation of foreign substances is suppressed even after heat treatment. To provide.
  • a coloring composition containing a coloring material containing a pigment, a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a resin comprises a pigment DPP having a structure in which an aromatic ring group Ar D1 having an electron donating group introduced into an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.
  • the photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime compound OX having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into the aromatic ring. Coloring composition.
  • the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is a group represented by the formula (OR-1); Wherein, R OX1 represents a substituent, R OX2 represents an electron-withdrawing group, n represents an integer of 0 to 4, the wavy line represents a bond.
  • the oxime compound OX has at least one group selected from the group represented by the formula (OR-11) and the group represented by the formula (OR-12), ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>.
  • ROX11 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group.
  • ROX12 contains an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl.
  • the oxime compound OX is at least one selected from the compound represented by the formula (OX1) and the compound represented by the formula (OX2), and is any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>.
  • RX1 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group.
  • RX2 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl.
  • R X3 ⁇ R X14 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent independently; Provided that at least one of R X10 ⁇ R X14 is an electron withdrawing group.
  • the electron donating group contained in the aromatic ring group Ar D1 is at least one selected from a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group and an amino group.
  • ⁇ 11> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>, wherein the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 50% by mass or more.
  • ⁇ 12> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, which is used for a solid-state image sensor.
  • ⁇ 13> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>, which is used for a color filter.
  • ⁇ 14> A film obtained by using the coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13>.
  • ⁇ 15> A color filter having the film according to ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 16> A solid-state image sensor having the film according to ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 17> An image display device having the film according to ⁇ 14>.
  • a coloring composition capable of forming a film having excellent light resistance and adhesion and suppressing precipitation of foreign substances even after heat treatment. be able to.
  • the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • "-" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam, unless otherwise specified.
  • the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • (meth) acrylate” represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either
  • (meth) acrylic represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either.
  • Acryloyl "represents both acryloyl and / or methacryloyl.
  • Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
  • the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the term pigment means a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the desired action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
  • the coloring composition of the present invention A coloring composition containing a coloring material containing a pigment, a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a resin.
  • the pigment comprises a pigment DPP having a structure in which an aromatic ring group Ar D1 having an electron donating group introduced into an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is characterized by containing an oxime compound OX having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into the aromatic ring.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention it is possible to form a film having excellent light resistance and adhesion and suppressing the precipitation of foreign substances even after heat treatment. It is presumed that the reason why such an effect is obtained is as follows.
  • the pigment DPP described above has an electron donating group
  • the oxime compound OX used as a photopolymerization initiator has an electron attracting group.
  • the pigment DPP and the oxime compound OX are present in close proximity to each other. Therefore, it is presumed that the curing reaction of the polymerizable compound proceeds in the vicinity of the pigment DPP due to light irradiation during exposure.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment has high crystallinity and tends to agglomerate by heating.
  • the polymerizable compound in the vicinity of the pigment DPP is firmly formed by light irradiation during exposure. It is presumed that the film can be cured, and as a result, even if the obtained film is heat-treated, aggregation of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and the like can be suppressed, and it is presumed that a film in which the precipitation of foreign substances is suppressed can be formed.
  • the above-mentioned oxime compound OX used as a photopolymerization initiator in the coloring composition of the present invention has an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into the aromatic ring, and this fragrance. It is presumed that the site of the group ring group Ar OX1 acts as an ultraviolet absorber, and as a result, a film having excellent light resistance can be formed.
  • the pigment DPP used in the coloring composition of the present invention has a higher red color value than the conventional red pigment, it is possible to form a cured film having desired spectral characteristics even if it is a thin film.
  • the pigment DPP has a structure in which the aromatic ring group Ar D1 is bonded to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, the HOMO (Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital) -LUMO (Lowest Unellad Molecular Orbital) transition is increased and the transition moment is increased.
  • the molar extinction coefficient ⁇ in the red wavelength region (for example, 450 to 600 nm) of the pigment DPP increased, so that it is presumed that the red color value is high.
  • the desired spectroscopy can be performed with a blending amount smaller than the blending amount required to achieve the same spectral characteristics as the conventional red pigment. Since it can be achieved, it is possible to increase the blending amount of components other than pigments, and the degree of freedom in formulation design is high.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for a solid-state image sensor.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for a color filter. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter, and more preferably as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter. Further, the coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter used in a solid-state image sensor.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring material containing a pigment.
  • the content of the pigment in the coloring material is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, and preferably 90% by mass or more. Especially preferable. Further, the coloring material may be only a pigment.
  • pigment DPP those containing a pigment DPP having a structure in which an aromatic ring group Ar D1 having an electron donating group introduced into an aromatic ring bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton (hereinafter, also referred to as pigment DPP) are used. Be done.
  • the pigment DPP is a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
  • an electron donating group is an atomic group which donates an electron to a substituted atomic group by an inductive effect or a resonance effect in the organic electron theory. Examples of the electron donating group include those having a negative value as the substituent constant ( ⁇ p +) of the Hammett equation.
  • the substituent constant ( ⁇ p +) of the Hammett equation is described in the graduate School Lecture Organic Chemistry I.D. Molecular structure and reaction ⁇ Organometallic chemistry It can be quoted from page 175 of the first edition.
  • the electron donating group is preferably a group having a Hammett-type substituent constant ( ⁇ p +) of ⁇ 0.01 or less, more preferably a group of ⁇ 0.15 or less, and a group of ⁇ 0.3 or less. Is more preferable.
  • Examples of the electron-donating group of the aromatic ring group Ar D1 in the pigment DPP include a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group and an amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group, the alkoxy group and the alkylthio group is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 5. These groups may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched.
  • the aryl group and the aryloxy group preferably have 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the amino group include a group represented by ⁇ NRa 1 Ra 2.
  • Ra 1 and Ra 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, respectively. Ra 1 and Ra 2 may be combined to form a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the aryl group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensation numbers.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
  • an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group and an amino group are preferable, and an alkyl group, an alkoxy group and an aryl group are more preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable because a film having spectral characteristics suitable for red color can be easily obtained.
  • aryl groups are more preferred, and alkyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • the aromatic ring group Ar D1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (AR-1). Wherein, R D1 represents a substituent, R D2 represents an electron donating group, n represents an integer of 0 to 4, the wavy line represents a bond to diketopyrrolopyrrole backbone.
  • examples of the substituent represented by R D1 include a group selected from the group of substituent T described later and the above-mentioned electron donating group, and the substituent is preferably an electron donating group.
  • n R D1s may be the same or different from each other.
  • examples of the electron-donating group represented by R D2 include the above-mentioned groups, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0 or 1. ..
  • the wavy line represents a bond with the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton means the following structure.
  • the wavy line represents a bond with a substituent such as a group represented by the formula (AR-1).
  • the substituent other than the group represented by the formula (AR-1) include an aryl group and the like.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the group of the substituent T described later.
  • the pigment DPP is preferably a compound represented by the formula (DPP1), and more preferably a compound represented by the formula (DPP2) because the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
  • R D11 and R D12 independently represent substituents, respectively.
  • R D21 and R D22 each independently represent an electron donating group.
  • n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R D11 and R D12 examples include a group selected from the group of substituent T described later and the above-mentioned electron donating group, and are preferably electron donating groups. If n11 is 2 or more, n11 amino R D11 may be the same or different, respectively. When n12 is 2 or more, n12 R D12s may be the same or different from each other.
  • Examples of the electron donating group represented by RD21 and RD22 include the above-mentioned groups, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, further preferably 0 or 1, and 0. Is particularly preferable.
  • Substituents T include halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 , -NRt 3 CORT 1 , -CONRT 1 Rt 2 , -NRt 3 CONRT 1 Rt 2 , -NRt 3 COORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NRt 3 SO 2 Rt 1 or -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 can be mentioned.
  • Rt 1 to Rt 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, respectively.
  • Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be combined to form a ring.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferable, and linear is more preferable.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferable, and linear is more preferable.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensation numbers.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • pigment DPP examples include compounds having the following structures.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the formula (R1) is Color Index (CI) Pigment Red 272, and the compound having the structure represented by the formula (R10) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 264.
  • Pigment DPP is C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 and C.I. I. It preferably contains at least one selected from Pigment Red 272, C.I. I. More preferably, it contains Pigment Red 272.
  • the coloring material used in the coloring composition of the present invention can further contain a coloring material other than the pigment DPP described above (hereinafter, also referred to as another coloring material).
  • the other coloring material may be a pigment or a dye. Pigments and dyes may be used in combination.
  • the other coloring material preferably contains a pigment.
  • the pigment may be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment.
  • an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of the organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can also be used. Hue design can be facilitated by replacing inorganic pigments and organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a yellow color material as another color material, and more preferably contains a yellow pigment. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a film having spectral characteristics suitable for red pixels. Further, when a yellow pigment is used as another coloring material, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be improved.
  • yellow colorant examples include quinophthalone compounds, isoindolin compounds, azo compounds, azomethine compounds, benzimidazolone compounds, pteridine compounds and quinoxalin compounds, and quinophthalone compounds, isoindolin compounds, azo compounds, azomethine compounds, and pteridine compounds. Is preferable, isoindolin compounds and azo compounds are more preferable, and isoindolin compounds are particularly preferable because it is easy to form a film having spectral characteristics more suitable for red color.
  • the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 095706, the compound described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, and the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6607427 can also be used.
  • multimers of these compounds are also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the color value.
  • X 1 to X 16 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP1) include the compounds described in paragraph No. 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711.
  • Y 1 ⁇ Y 3 represents a halogen atom independently.
  • n and m represent integers of 0 to 6, and p represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • N + m is 1 or more.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP2) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
  • a red color material other than the above pigment DPP (hereinafter, also referred to as another red color material) can be used.
  • the other red color material is preferably a pigment.
  • examples of other red colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds and the like, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and anthraquinone compounds.
  • An azo compound is preferable, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound is more preferable because it can form red pixels having higher color separation performance.
  • red color materials include C.I. I. Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48: 1,48: 2,48: 3,48: 4, 49,49: 1,49: 2,52: 1,52: 2,53: 1,57: 1,60: 1,63: 1,66,67,81: 1,81: 2,81: 3, 83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,269,270,279,291,294 (xanthene system) , Organo Ultramarine, Bruish Red), 295 (monoazo type), 296 (diazo type), 297 (aminoketone type) and other red pigments.
  • Other red color materials can be
  • chromatic color materials such as orange color material, green color material, purple color material, and blue color material can also be used. Specific examples of these include those shown below.
  • a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, a bromine atom number of 8 to 12, and a chlorine atom number of 2 to 5 on average. Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720. Further, as a green color material, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 1069009027, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphate ester described in International Publication No. 2012/10395 as a ligand, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-008014. , The phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2018-180023, the compound described in JP-A-2019-038958, and the like can also be used.
  • an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraphs 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
  • Dyes can also be used as other coloring materials.
  • the dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used.
  • pyrazole azo compound, anilino azo compound, triarylmethane compound, anthraquinone compound, anthrapyridone compound, benzylidene compound, oxonol compound, pyrazorotriazole azo compound, pyridone azo compound, cyanine compound, phenothiazine compound, pyropyrazole azomethine compound, xanthene compound Examples thereof include phthalocyanine compounds, benzopyran compounds, indigo compounds and pyromethene compounds.
  • the thiazole compound described in JP2012-158649A, the azo compound described in JP2011-184493, and the azo compound described in JP2011-145540 can also be used.
  • a dye multimer can also be used.
  • the dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • the plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may have the same dye structure or different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Dye multimers are available from JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, JP-A-2016-102191, International Publication No. 2016 / Compounds described in 031442 and the like can also be used.
  • the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass. % Or more is even more preferable, and 50% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit of the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less. preferable.
  • the content of the pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass. It is even more preferably mass% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the pigment content in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less. ..
  • the content of the pigment DPP in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more, and 20% by mass. % Or more is even more preferable, and 25% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit of the content of the pigment DPP in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and further preferably 55% by mass or less. preferable.
  • the content of the pigment DPP in the total mass of the coloring material contained in the coloring composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 30 to 95% by mass, and 40 to 90% by mass. Is even more preferable.
  • the content of the yellow coloring material is preferably 5 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment DPP, and is preferably 10 to 60 parts by mass. It is more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass.
  • the content of the red coloring material other than the pigment DPP may be 5 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment DPP. It is preferably 10 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photopolymerization initiator one containing an oxime compound OX having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into an aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as an oxime compound OX) is used.
  • the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is preferably bonded to the site containing the oxime structure of the oxime compound OX via the aromatic ring to which the electron-attracting group is bonded.
  • the electron-attracting group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is bonded to the site containing the oxime structure of the oxime compound OX via the aromatic ring electron-pulled by the electron-attracting group.
  • the aromatic ring side of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is the bond side with the site containing the oxime structure of the oxime compound OX.
  • the electron-withdrawing group is an atomic group that attracts electrons from the substituted atomic group by an inductive effect or a resonance effect in the organic electron theory. Examples of the electron-attracting group include those having a positive value as the substituent constant ( ⁇ p ⁇ ) of the Hammett equation.
  • the substituent constant ( ⁇ p ⁇ ) of the Hammett equation is described in the graduate School Lecture Organic Chemistry I.D. Molecular structure and reaction ⁇ Organometallic chemistry It can be quoted from page 175 of the first edition.
  • the electron-attracting group is preferably a group having a Hammett-type substituent constant ( ⁇ p ⁇ ) of 0.01 or more, more preferably 0.1 or more, and a group of 0.3 or more. It is more preferable to have.
  • the electron-attracting group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 includes an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group and a cyano.
  • Examples thereof include an acyl group and a nitro group, and an acyl group is more preferable, and a benzoyl group is further preferable, because it is easy to form a film having more excellent light resistance.
  • the benzoyl group may have a substituent.
  • substituent T examples include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T, which includes a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group and a complex.
  • a ring oxy group an alkenyl group, an alkyl sulfanyl group, an aryl sulfanyl group, an acyl group or an amino group, preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryl oxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkyl sulfanyl group or an aryl sulfanyl. It is more preferably a group or an amino group, and even more preferably an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group or an amino group.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • Alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkenyl group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group are as these groups represented by ROX11 described later. The groups described are mentioned.
  • the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (OR-1). According to this aspect, the above-mentioned effect of the present invention is exhibited more remarkably.
  • R OX1 represents a substituent
  • R OX2 represents an electron-withdrawing group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • the wavy line represents a bond.
  • examples of the substituent represented by ROX1 include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituents T and the above-mentioned electron-attracting group, and the above-mentioned electron-attracting group is preferable. .. When n is 2 or more, n ROX1s may be the same or different from each other.
  • examples of the electron-attracting group represented by ROX2 include the above-mentioned groups, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0 or 1. , 0 is particularly preferable.
  • the wavy line represents the bond. At the position of the wavy line in the formula (OR-1), it combines with other atomic groups constituting the oxime compound OX to form the oxime compound OX.
  • the oxime compound OX preferably has at least one group selected from the group represented by the formula (OR-11) and the group represented by the formula (OR-12), and is represented by the formula (OR-12). It is more preferable to have a group to be used.
  • ROX11 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group.
  • ROX12 contains an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl.
  • ROX11 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and further preferably an alkyl group. ..
  • ROX12 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group or an acyloxy group, and is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is more preferably an alkyl group.
  • the above-mentioned groups represented by ROX11 and ROX12 may further have a substituent. Further examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • the alkyl groups represented by ROX11 and ROX12 have preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. When the alkyl group has 2 or more carbon atoms, an ether bond may be contained between the carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl groups represented by ROX11 and ROX12 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group and octadecyl group.
  • alkyl groups containing ether linkages between carbon atoms -CH 2 -O-CH 3, -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2- O-CH 2 -CH 3 ,-(CH 2- CH 2- O) n- CH 3 (where n is 1 to 8),-(CH 2- CH 2- CH 2- O) m -CH 3 (wherein m is 5 1), - CH 2 -CH ( CH 3) -O-CH 2 -CH 3 -, - CH 2 -CH- (OCH 3) group shown in 2 and below Can be mentioned.
  • the carbon number of the alkenyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 is preferably 2 to 18, more preferably 2 to 15, further preferably 2 to 8.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Specific examples of the alkenyl group include vinyl group, 1-propenyl group, allyl group, 2-butenyl group, 3-butenyl group, isopropenyl group, isobutenyl group, 1-pentenyl group, 2-pentenyl group and 3-pentenyl group.
  • 4-Pentenyl group 1-hexenyl group, 2-hexenyl group, 3-hexenyl group, 4-hexenyl group, 5-hexenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, cyclohexadienyl group , Cyclopentadienyl group and the like.
  • the alkoxy group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group may be linear, branched or cyclic. When the alkoxy group has two or more carbon atoms, an ether bond may be contained between the carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the alkoxy groups represented by ROX11 and ROX12 include methyloxy group, ethyloxy group, propyloxy group, butyloxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, octyloxy group, nonyloxy group and decyloxy group.
  • alkoxy group having an ether bond between carbon atoms -O-CH 2 -O-CH 3, -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 3, -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 3, ( a where n is from 1 8) -O- (CH 2 -CH 2 -O) n -CH 3, - O- (CH 2 -CH 2 is -CH 2 -O) m -CH 3 (wherein m is 5 1), - O-CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -O-CH 2 -CH 3 -, - O-CH 2- CH- (OCH 3 ) 2 and the groups shown below can be mentioned.
  • the aryl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-anthrill group, a 9-anthrill group, a 2-phenanthryl group, a 3-phenanthryl group, a 9-phenanthryl group, and a 1-pyrenyl group.
  • the aryloxy group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a naphthyloxy group, a 2-naphthyloxy group, a 9-anthryloxy group, a 9-phenanthryloxy group, a 1-pyrenyloxy group, and a 5-naphthacenyloxy group. Examples thereof include 1-indenyloxy group, 2-azulenyloxy group, 1-acenaphthyloxy group, 9-fluorenyloxy group and the like.
  • the heterocyclic ring represented by ROX11 and ROX12 and the heterocyclic ring of the heterocyclic oxy group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocycle is preferably a single ring or a fused ring having 2 to 4 condensation numbers.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocycle is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocycle is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocycle is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
  • heterocyclic group examples include 2-thienyl group, 2-benzothienyl group, naphtho [2,3-b] thienyl group, 3-thianthrenyl group, 2-thianthrenyl group, 2-furyl group and 2-benzofuryl group.
  • Examples thereof include an indolinyl group, an isoindolinyl group, a quinuclidinyl group, a morpholinyl group, a thioxanthril group, a 4-quinolinyl group, a 4-isoquinolyl group, a 3-phenothiazinyl group, a 2-phenoxatyynyl group and a 3-cummarinyl group.
  • heterocyclic oxy group examples include 2-furanyloxy group, 2-thienyloxy group, 2-indrilloxy group, 3-indrilloxy group, 2-benzofuryloxy group, 2-benzothienyloxy group, 2 -Carbazolyloxy group, 3-carbazolyloxy group, 4-carbazolyloxy group, 9-acridinyloxy group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the alkylsulfanyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylsulfanyl group may be linear or branched. Specific examples of the alkylsulfanyl group include methylthio group, ethylthio group, propylthio group, butylthio group, pentylthio group, hexylthio group, octylthio group, decylthio group, dodecylthio group, octadecylthio group and the like.
  • the arylsulfanyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the arylsulfanyl group include a phenylthio group, a 1-naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group, a 9-anthrylthio group, a 9-phenanthrylthio group and the like.
  • the alkylsulfinyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylsulfinyl group may be linear or branched.
  • alkylsulfinyl group examples include methylsulfinyl group, ethylsulfinyl group, propylsulfinyl group, isopropylsulfinyl group, butylsulfinyl group, hexylsulfinyl group, cyclohexylsulfinyl group, octylsulfinyl group, 2-ethylhexylsulfinyl group, and decanoysulfinyl group.
  • Examples thereof include a group, a dodecanoylsulfinyl group, an octadecanoylsulfinyl group, a cyanomethylsulfinyl group, and a methyloxymethylsulfinyl group.
  • the arylsulfinyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the arylsulfinyl group include phenylsulfinyl group, 1-naphthylsulfinyl group, 2-naphthylsulfinyl group, 2-chlorophenylsulfinyl group, 2-methylphenylsulfinyl group, 2-methyloxyphenylsulfinyl group and 2-butyloxy.
  • the alkylsulfonyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylsulfonyl group may be linear or branched.
  • alkylsulfonyl group examples include a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a propylsulfonyl group, an isopropylsulfonyl group, a butylsulfonyl group, a hexylsulfonyl group, a cyclohexylsulfonyl group, an octylsulfonyl group, a 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl group, and a decanoyylsulfonyl group.
  • Examples thereof include a group, a dodecanoylsulfonyl group, an octadecanoylsulfonyl group, a cyanomethylsulfonyl group, and a methyloxymethylsulfonyl group.
  • the arylsulfonyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the arylsulfonyl group include a phenylsulfonyl group, a 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, a 2-naphthylsulfonyl group, a 2-chlorophenylsulfonyl group, a 2-methylphenylsulfonyl group, a 2-methyloxyphenylsulfonyl group, and a 2-butyloxy group.
  • the acyl group represented by ROX11 includes a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms in the carbonyl group. , 6-18 aryloxy groups or groups to which a heterocyclic group is bonded can be mentioned.
  • acyl group examples include a formyl group, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, an isobutyryl group, a valeryl group, an isovaleryl group, a pivaloyl group, a lauroyl group, a myritoyl group, a palmitoyl group, a stearoyl group, a cyclopentylcarbonyl group and a cyclohexylcarbonyl group.
  • acryloyl group methacryloyl group, crotonoyl group, isocrotonoyl group, oleoyl group, cinnamoyl group benzoyl group, methyloxycarbonyl group, ethyloxycarbonyl group, propyloxycarbonyl group, butyloxycarbonyl group, hexyloxycarbonyl group, octyloxy Carbonyl group, decyloxycarbonyl group, octadecyloxycarbonyl group, trifluoromethyloxycarbonyl group, benzoyl group, toluoil group, 1-naphthoyl group, 2-naphthoyl group, 9-anthrylcarbonyl group, phenyloxycarbonyl group, 4- Methylphenyloxycarbonyl group, 3-nitrophenyloxycarbonyl group, 4-dimethylaminophenyloxycarbonyl group, 2-methylsulf
  • the acyloxy group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the acyloxy group include an acetyloxy group, a propanoyloxy group, a butanoyloxy group, a pentanoyloxy group, a trifluoromethylcarbonyloxy group, a benzoyloxy group, a 1-naphthylcarbonyloxy group, and a 2-naphthylcarbonyloxy group.
  • the group etc. can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the amino group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 include -NH 2 , an alkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, an arylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkylarylamino group, a benzylamino group, a dibenzylamino group and the like.
  • Alkylamino groups include methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, butylamino group, pentylamino group, hexylamino group, heptylamino group, octylamino group, nonylamino group, decylamino group, dodecylamino group and octadecylamino group.
  • dialkylamino group examples include dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, dibutylamino group, dipentylamino group, dihexylamino group, diheptylamino group, dioctylamino group, dinonylamino group, didecylamino group and didodecylamino group.
  • Dioctadecylamino group diisopropylamino group, diisobutylamino group, diisopentylamino group, methylethylamino group, methylpropylamino group, methylbutylamino group, methylisobutylamino group, cyclopropylamino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, Examples include the piperazino group.
  • arylamino group anilino group, 1-naphthylamino group, 2-naphthylamino group, o-toluidino group, m-toluidino group, p-toluidino group, 2-biphenylamino group, 3-biphenylamino group, 4- Examples thereof include a biphenylamino group, a 1-fluoreneamino group, a 2-fluoreneamino group, a 2-thiazoleamino group, a p-terphenylamino group and the like.
  • Examples of the diarylamino group include a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, an N-phenyl-1-naphthylamino group, an N-phenyl-2-naphthylamino group and the like.
  • Examples of the alkylarylamino group include N-methylanilino group, N-methyl-2-pyridino group, N-ethylanilino group, N-propylanilino group, N-butylanilino group, N-isopropyl, N-pentylanilino group and N.
  • -Ethylanilino group, N-methyl-1-naphthylamino group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the phosphinoyl groups R OX11 represent may have 2 to 50 preferred.
  • Specific examples of the phosphinoyl group include a dimethylphosphinoyl group, a diethylphosphinoyl group, a dipropylphosphinoyl group, a diphenylphosphinoyl group, a dimethoxyphosphinoyl group, a diethoxyphosphinoyl group, and a dibenzoylphosphino. Examples thereof include an yl group and a bis (2,4,6-trimethylphenyl) phosphinoyl group.
  • the carbamoyl group represented by ROX11 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the carbamoyl group include N-methylcarbamoyl group, N-ethylcarbamoyl group, N-propylcarbamoyl group, N-butylcarbamoyl group, N-hexylcarbamoyl group, N-cyclohexylcarbamoyl group, N-octylcarbamoyl group, and the like.
  • the sulfamoyl group represented by ROX11 preferably has 0 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the sulfamoyl group include a sulfamoyl group, an N-alkyl sulfamoyl group, an N-aryl sulfamoyl group, an N, N-dialkyl sulfamoyl group, an N, N-diaryl sulfamoyl group, and an N-alkyl group.
  • -N-aryl sulfamo oil group and the like can be mentioned.
  • N-methylsulfamoyl group More specifically, N-methylsulfamoyl group, N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N-propylsulfamoyl group, N-butylsulfamoyl group, N-hexylsulfamoyl group, N-cyclohexylsul.
  • Famoyl group N-octyl sulfamoyl group, N-2-ethylhexyl sulfamoyl group, N-decyl sulfamoyl group, N-octadecyl sulfamoyl group, N-phenyl sulfamoyl group, N-2- Methylphenyl sulfamoyl group, N-2-chlorophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-2-methoxyphenyl sulfamoyl group, N-2-isopropoxyphenyl sulfamoyl group, N-3-chlorophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-3-nitrophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-3-cyanophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-4-methoxyphenyl sulfamoyl group, N-4-cyanophenyl
  • the wavy line represents the bond.
  • the oxime compound OX is formed by combining with other atomic groups constituting the oxime compound OX.
  • the oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compound represented by the formula (OX1) and the compound represented by the formula (OX2), and the formula is because a film having better adhesion can be formed. It is more preferable that the compound is represented by (OX2).
  • RX1 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group.
  • RX2 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl.
  • R X3 ⁇ R X14 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent independently; Provided that at least one of R X10 ⁇ R X14 is an electron withdrawing group.
  • RX1 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is an alkyl group. Is even more preferable.
  • RX2 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group or an acyloxy group, and is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is more preferably an alkyl group.
  • R X1 in the above formula has the same meaning as R OX11 in the above-mentioned formula (OR-11) and formula (OR-12), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R X2 in the above formula has the same meaning as R OX12 in the above-mentioned formula (OR-11) and formula (OR-12), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R X3 ⁇ R X14 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent independently.
  • RX3 to RX5 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl. It is preferably a group, an arylsulfanyl group, an acyl group, or an amino group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, or an alkyl.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • Alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group are as these groups represented by ROX11 described above. The groups described are mentioned.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group may further have a substituent.
  • Further examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • RX6 to RX10 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, aryl.
  • a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or an amino group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group or an aryl group is further preferable, and hydrogen is more preferable. It is even more preferably an atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, even more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • Alkyl group alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group and amino
  • the group include the groups described as these groups represented by the above-mentioned ROX11.
  • Alkyl group alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group and amino
  • the group may further have a substituent. Further examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • the substituents R X10 ⁇ R X14 represent include groups and electron withdrawing groups described above are selected from the group of substituents T mentioned above. Provided that at least one of R X10 ⁇ R X14 is an electron withdrawing group.
  • Substituents represented by R X10 ⁇ R X14 is a nitro group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an aryl It is preferably a sulfanyl group, an acyl group, or an amino group.
  • an alkyl group an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an acyl group, and an amino group, as these groups represented by ROX11 described above.
  • the groups described are mentioned.
  • the alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkenyl group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group may further have a substituent. Further examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • an acyl group As the electron withdrawing group represented by R X10 ⁇ R X14, an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group, Acyl groups and nitro groups are preferable, and acyl groups are more preferable, and benzoyl groups are even more preferable, because it is easy to form a film having more excellent light resistance.
  • the benzoyl group may have a substituent.
  • substituent T examples include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T, which includes a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group and a complex.
  • a ring oxy group an alkenyl group, an alkyl sulfanyl group, an aryl sulfanyl group, an acyl group or an amino group, preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryl oxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkyl sulfanyl group or an aryl sulfanyl. It is more preferably a group or an amino group, and even more preferably an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group or an amino group.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • Alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkenyl group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group are as these groups represented by ROX11 described above. The groups described are mentioned.
  • R X12 is an electron withdrawing group, it is preferred that R X10, R X11, R X13 , R X14 is a hydrogen atom.
  • oxime compound OX include compounds having the following structure and compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a photopolymerization initiator other than the above-mentioned oxime compound OX (hereinafter, also referred to as another photopolymerization initiator).
  • photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (eg, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives eg, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds eg., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, etc.
  • Examples include thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc., trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds,
  • the compound is selected from the oxime compound, the ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, the ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and the acylphosphine compound, and the oxime compound or the ⁇ -aminoketone compound is high because of the high initiator efficiency. It is more preferably a compound.
  • photopolymerization initiators examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and JP-A-6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019 Peroxide-based Photopolymerization Initiator, International Publication No. 2018/221177, Photopolymerization Initiator, International Publication No. 2018/110179, Photopolymerization Initiator, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-043864 Examples thereof include the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030 and the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacare 1173, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacare 907, Irgacare 369, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irgar (Made) and so on.
  • acylphosphine compounds examples include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of the oxime compound used as another photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, and the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166.
  • J. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385.
  • oxime compounds used as photopolymerization initiators include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), and TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by BASF). ).
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as another oxime compound used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the oxime compound used as another photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. Compound (C-3) and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound used as a photopolymerization initiator an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and further preferably 1.5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the content of the oxime compound OX in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the content of the oxime compound OX in the total mass of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 35 to 100% by mass, and 40 to 100% by mass. %, More preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 60 to 100% by mass.
  • a preferred embodiment of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition is an embodiment in which the photopolymerization initiator is substantially only the oxime compound OX.
  • the interaction with the pigment DPP is strong, and crystal precipitation due to heating can be suppressed more effectively.
  • the case where the photopolymerization initiator is substantially only the oxime compound OX means that the content of the oxime compound OX in the total mass of the photopolymerization initiator is 99% by mass or more. However, it is preferably 99.9% by mass or more, and more preferably the oxime compound OX is the only photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition is an embodiment in which the photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime compound OX and another photopolymerization initiator other than the oxime compound OX. According to this aspect, it is easy to cure the film more uniformly, and the curability of the entire film can be further improved.
  • the other photopolymerization initiator is preferably at least one selected from an oxime compound and an ⁇ -aminoketone compound because of its high initiator efficiency.
  • the content of the other photopolymerization initiator is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 100 parts by mass, and 30 to 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the oxime compound OX. It is more preferably a part.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound a known compound that can be crosslinked by radicals, acids or heat can be used.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably, for example, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group includes a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. Examples thereof include an amide group, and a (meth) acryloyloxy group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, or an oligomer, but a monomer is preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3000.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. It is more preferable that the compound contains 3 to 6 containing groups.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having 3 to 15 functionalities, and more preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having 3 to 6 functionalities.
  • polymerizable compound examples include paragraph numbers 0905 to 0108 of JP2009-288705A, paragraphs 0227 of JP2013-209760A, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970, and JP-A-2008-292970.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-253224, paragraph numbers 0477 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891 and Japanese Patent No. 6031807 are These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-320) ; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-310; Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate commercially available
  • KAYARAD DPHA manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • NK ester A-DPH-12E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • these (meth) acryloyl groups via ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol residues.
  • SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer
  • polymerizable compounds diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ester A) -TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) , NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.),
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, and isocyanurate ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate.
  • Trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds such as pentaerythritol trimethylolpropane (meth) acrylate can also be used.
  • Commercially available trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an acid group can also be used as the polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound having an acid group By using a polymerizable compound having an acid group, the polymerizable compound in the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residue can be suppressed.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include Aronix M-510, M-520, and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the preferable acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the solubility in a developing solution is good, and when it is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure include KAYARAD DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • a polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group can also be used.
  • a polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable, and 3 to 3 having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • a hexafunctional (meth) acrylate compound is more preferred.
  • SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and isobutyleneoxy group manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • examples thereof include KAYARAD TPA-330, which is a trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three elements.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., a (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the polymerizable compound it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene.
  • an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene.
  • commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, further preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used in combination, it is preferable that the total of them is in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing the pigment in the coloring composition or for the purpose of a binder.
  • the resin mainly used for dispersing the pigment in the coloring composition is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • a dispersant such an application of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such an application.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2000 to 2000000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.
  • the resin examples include (meth) acrylic resin, epoxy resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide resin.
  • examples thereof include polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, and styrene resin. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed and used.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. These acid groups may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the resin having an acid group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • a desired pattern can be formed by alkaline development.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin having a basic group.
  • the resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, and a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group.
  • a polymer is more preferable, and a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group is further preferable.
  • a resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less.
  • Examples of the basic group contained in the resin having a basic group include a group represented by the formula (a-1) and a group represented by the formula (a-2).
  • Ra1 and Ra2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Ra1 and Ra2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring;
  • R a11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxy radical
  • R a12 ⁇ R a19 are each independently , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group.
  • R a1, R a2, R a11 number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by ⁇ R a19 is 1-30, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, particularly preferably 1-5.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • R a1, R a2, R a11 ⁇ number of carbon atoms of the aryl group R a19 represents is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group R a11 represents 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1-8, particularly preferably 1-5.
  • the alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • the aryloxy group represented by Ra11 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the acyl group R a11 represents from 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, 2 to 12 is more preferred.
  • the acyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
  • Block copolymer A1 which has been prepared can also be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group, respectively. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved.
  • the content of the resin having a basic group may be 20 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group. It is preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.
  • a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimer”) is used. It is also preferable to use it.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description of JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
  • paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-209760A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit having a polymerizable group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (X) include ethylene oxide of paracumylphenol or propylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic ring.
  • the (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic ring is preferably a (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic crosslinked ring. Specific examples include (meth) acrylate having a dicyclopentanyl group, (meth) acrylate having an adamantyl group, and the like.
  • the resin contains a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac). According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film in which the precipitation of foreign substances is more suppressed after the heat treatment.
  • the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit.
  • the aromatic carboxyl group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxyl group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2), and the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit. It is more preferable that the resin contains the repeating unit represented by -2).
  • the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2)
  • this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 is a polymer. Represents a chain.
  • Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.
  • Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 is represented by a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and formula (Q-1). Represents a group or a group represented by the formula (Q-2).
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-11), a group represented by the formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-13). Examples include the base.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • * 1 represents a bonding position to L 1.
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these.
  • a group that combines two or more of the above can be mentioned.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the divalent linking group L 2 represents is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-.
  • L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and —O—, ⁇ CO ⁇ , ⁇ COO ⁇ , —OCO ⁇ , Examples thereof include a group in which at least one selected from —NH— and —S— is combined, and an alkylene group is preferable.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the group containing the aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1), and the preferable range is also the same.
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
  • Hydrocarbon groups, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and two of these are the trivalent linking groups represented by L 12 in the formula (Ac-2).
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-2).
  • L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2)
  • * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2). It represents a bonding position to P 10 of the Ac-2).
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- Examples thereof include a group in which the above is combined with, and a hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group and —O— are combined is preferable.
  • L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2)
  • * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2). It represents a bonding position to P 10 of the Ac-2).
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- Examples thereof include a group in which the above is combined with, and a hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly (meth) acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1000 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group and a blocked isocyanate group, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a (meth) acryloylamide group, and the like (meth).
  • the blocked isocyanate group in the present invention is a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat, and for example, a group in which a blocking agent and an isocyanate group are reacted to protect the isocyanate group can be preferably exemplified.
  • the blocking agent examples include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, and imide compounds.
  • the blocking agent examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0115 to 0117 of JP-A-2017-07930, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 to 260 ° C.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-5), and (P-5). More preferably, it is a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-5), and (P-5). More preferably, it is a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by.
  • RP1 and RP2 each represent an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group represented by RP1 and RP2 a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • RP3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L P1 represents a single bond or an arylene group
  • L P2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • L P1 is preferably a single bond.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by LP2 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, and -SO-.
  • RP4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxyl group, alkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heteroaryloxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heteroarylthioether group and ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples thereof include a bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, and a blocked isocyanate group.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 is more preferably a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain.
  • the proportion of the repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain more be preferably 5 mass% or more and 10 mass% or more It is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit can be 100% by mass, preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 has a repeating unit containing an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the dispersibility of a colorant such as a pigment in the coloring composition can be further improved.
  • the developability can be further improved, and the generation of development residue can be further suppressed.
  • the proportion of the repeating unit containing an acid group is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 2 to 20% by mass, and even more preferably 3 to 10% by mass.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin Ac is preferably 3000 to 35000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, and even more preferably 15,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 6000 or more, and further preferably 7000 or more.
  • the acid value of the resin Ac is preferably 5 to 200 mgKOH / g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the resin preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
  • the acidic dispersant As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin having an acid group amount of 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group amount and the basic group amount is 100 mol%.
  • the acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 5 to 200 mgKOH / g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) a resin in which the amount of basic groups is 60 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the amine value of the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably 5 to 100 mgKOH / g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 45 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin.
  • graft resin the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (resin Ac).
  • resin Ac resin having an aromatic carboxyl group
  • examples of the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group include those described above.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the resin to have is preferable.
  • the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity.
  • the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion.
  • a resin include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • specific examples of the dendrimer include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and 20 to 70 in all the repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it is in mol%.
  • the resin described in JP-A-2018-087939 can also be used as the dispersant.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by Big Chemie Japan, SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol, Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine-Techno (Ajinomoto Fine-Techno). Examples include the Ajispar series manufactured by Co., Ltd. Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077 can also be used.
  • the content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more kinds of resins are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to the pigment skeleton.
  • the pigment skeletons constituting the pigment derivatives include quinoline pigment skeleton, benzoimidazolone pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, benzothiazole pigment skeleton, inimium pigment skeleton, squarylium pigment skeleton, croconium pigment skeleton, oxonor pigment skeleton, and pyrolopyrrolop pigment.
  • Pyrrolopyrrolop pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, thiazine indigo pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, quinophthalone pigment skeleton, and quinacridone pigment skeleton are preferable, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton is preferable.
  • the pigment derivative is preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound.
  • a film having a higher color value of red can be formed, and it is more preferably used as a coloring composition for red pixels.
  • Examples of the acid group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof.
  • alkali metal ions Li + , Na + , K +, etc.
  • alkaline earth metal ions Ca 2+ , Mg 2+, etc.
  • ammonium ions imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, etc.
  • Examples include phosphonium ions.
  • Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimide methyl group.
  • the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylic acid ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
  • a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be contained.
  • the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 ⁇ 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative (.epsilon.max) is that it is preferable, 1000L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is not more than 3000L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 Is more preferable, and 100 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is further preferable.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more.
  • pigment derivative examples include the compounds described in Examples described later, JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-246674, JP-A-01-217777, and JP-A-03-009961.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-026767 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-153780
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-045662 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-285669
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-145546 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Kaihei 06-240158
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-030063 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, still more preferably 2 to 10 parts by mass, and 3 to 8 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Parts by mass are particularly preferred. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the coloring composition.
  • the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents and the like.
  • paragraph No. 0223 of WO 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvent examples include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-Dimethylpropanamide and the like.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per million) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent having a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per parts) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per parts) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance from the viewpoint of environmental regulation.
  • substantially free of the environmentally regulated substance means that the content of the environmentally regulated substance in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, and preferably 30 mass ppm or less. It is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less.
  • environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • Examples of the method for reducing the environmentally regulated substance include a method of heating or depressurizing the inside of the system to raise the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance to the boiling point or higher, and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system to reduce the amount of the environmentally regulated substance. Further, when distilling off a small amount of an environmentally regulated substance, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to improve efficiency.
  • a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled under reduced pressure in order to prevent the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding and cross-linking between molecules during distillation under reduced pressure. You may.
  • distillation methods include a stage of a raw material, a stage of a product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution after polymerization or a polyfunctional monomer solution), or a stage of a coloring composition prepared by mixing these compounds. It is possible at any stage of.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter, also referred to as an epoxy compound). Examples of the epoxy compound are described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869A, paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP2014-043556, and paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of JP2014-089408. Compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used. These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the epoxy compound may be a small molecule compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2000, further, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a polymer compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more). It may be.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the epoxy compound is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
  • an epoxy resin can be preferably used as the epoxy compound.
  • the epoxy resin include an epoxy resin which is a glycidyl etherified product of a phenol compound, an epoxy resin which is a glycidyl etherified product of various novolak resins, an alicyclic epoxy resin, an aliphatic epoxy resin, a heterocyclic epoxy resin, and a glycidyl ester type.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 310 to 3300 g / eq, more preferably 310 to 1700 g / eq, and even more preferably 310 to 1000 g / eq.
  • EHPE3150 manufactured by Daicel Corporation
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Marproof G-0150M G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing polymer) and the like can be mentioned.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is, for example, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidin salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, and onium salt compounds.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0094 to 0097 of WO2018 / 056189, the compounds described in paragraphs 0246 to 0253 of JP2015-034963, and JP2013-014165. Compounds described in paragraphs 0186 to 0251 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 0186 to 0251, ionic compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indol compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. Examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP2009-217221A, paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, and paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-068814.
  • Examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds having the following structures. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series made by Miyoshi Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used.
  • the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like.
  • examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, primary cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction.
  • Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group and an isocyanate group.
  • a phenyl group and the like preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group.
  • silane coupling agent examples include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -amino.
  • Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), ⁇ -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy There are propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co
  • the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. , These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. preferable.
  • the silane coupling agent may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the surfactant described in paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid saving property, and has good solubility in a coloring composition.
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of the corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-.
  • the surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP 132503 are mentioned and their contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, EXP, MFS.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the portion of the functional group containing the fluorine atom is cut and the fluorine atom is volatilized.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
  • fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant include the fluorine-based surfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant a block polymer can also be used.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compounds is preferably 3000 to 50000, for example 14000.
  • % indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, RS-72-K and the like can be mentioned.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP2015-117327A can also be used.
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and the like.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, Examples thereof include Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. preferable.
  • the surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like.
  • the phenol compound any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used.
  • Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds.
  • a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the antioxidant a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass.
  • containing an antioxidant only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring compositions of the present invention include sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliaries (eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, etc.). It may contain a flame retardant, a leveling agent, a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical characteristics can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 and subsequent paragraphs of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraphs of JP-A-2008-250074. The descriptions of Nos.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst.
  • a compound in which the protecting group is eliminated and functions as an antioxidant can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-155881, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added for the purpose of improving weather resistance.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like.
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improving agent.
  • the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and JP-A-2017-129774.
  • the water content of the coloring composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, and the like.
  • the viscosity value can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, at 25 ° C., 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s is preferable, and 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s is more preferable.
  • a method for measuring the viscosity for example, a cone plate type viscometer can be used, and the viscosity can be measured in a state where the temperature is adjusted to 25 ° C.
  • the container for the colored composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • a storage container for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into raw materials and compositions, a multi-layer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle in which 6 types of resin are composed of 7 layers are used. It is also preferable to use it.
  • Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. In preparing the coloring composition, all the components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the coloring composition, or each component may be appropriately used as two or more solutions or dispersions, if necessary. Then, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
  • the mechanical force used for dispersing the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like.
  • the process and disperser for dispersing pigments are "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial. Practical application The process and disperser described in Paragraph No.
  • JP-A-2015-157893 "Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be preferably used.
  • the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step.
  • the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultrahigh molecular weight).
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • nylon eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
  • polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultrahigh molecular weight).
  • PP polypropylene
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore size of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to.
  • various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used.
  • a fibrous filter medium As the filter.
  • the fibrous filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like.
  • examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd.
  • filters different filters (eg, first filter and second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
  • the film of the present invention is a film obtained from the above-mentioned coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the film of the present invention can be used as a color filter or the like. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter, and more specifically, it can be preferably used as a red pixel of a color filter.
  • the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the intended purpose. For example, the film thickness is preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the pixel forming method includes a step of applying the coloring composition of the present invention described above on a support to form a coloring composition layer, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and a coloring composition after exposure. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing an unexposed portion of the material layer.
  • each step will be described.
  • the coloring composition is applied onto the support to form the coloring composition layer.
  • the support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use.
  • a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, and the like can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80 ° when measured with water. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above range, the coating property of the coloring composition is good.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer can be adjusted by, for example, adding a surfactant.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the coloring composition.
  • a dropping method drop casting
  • a slit coating method for example, a spray method; a roll coating method; a spin coating method; a casting method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP-A-2009-145395).
  • on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, and other printing methods; Transfer method using a mold or the like; nanoimprint method or the like can be mentioned.
  • the method of application to inkjet is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the method shown in "Expandable and usable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in patents-, published in February 2005, Sumi Betechno Research" (especially from page 115). (Page 133), and the methods described in JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. Further, regarding the method of applying the coloring composition, the description of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
  • the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the colored composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of the light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferable. Further, a long wave light source having a diameter of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method of a method of repeatedly irradiating and pausing light in a cycle of a short time (for example, a millisecond level or less).
  • Irradiation dose for example, preferably 0.03 ⁇ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ 1.0J / cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the oxygen concentration performed in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed in an oxygen-free environment) or in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume.
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (for example, 5000 W / m 2 , 15,000 W / m 2 , or 35,000 W / m 2). Can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
  • the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer after exposure is developed and removed (development step).
  • the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer can be developed and removed using a developing solution.
  • the temperature of the developing solution is preferably, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the steps of shaking off the developing solution every 60 seconds and further supplying a new developing solution may be repeated several times.
  • Examples of the developing solution include organic solvents and alkaline developing solutions, and alkaline developing solutions are preferably used.
  • the alkaline developer an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
  • the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene, etc.
  • examples thereof include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate.
  • the alkaline agent a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety.
  • the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant.
  • the developer may be once produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use from the viewpoint of convenience of transfer and storage.
  • the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Further, it is preferable that the rinsing is performed by supplying the rinsing liquid to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed.
  • the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support it is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge of the support.
  • the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed.
  • Additional exposure treatment and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing.
  • the heating temperature in the post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C.
  • Post-baking is performed by continuously or batch-type the developed film (pixels) using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation type dryer), or a high-frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. be able to.
  • the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • Pixels can be formed in this way.
  • the color filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Specifically, it has the film of the present invention as a colored pixel of a color filter. Further, it is also preferable that the color filter of the present invention has a red pixel, a blue pixel, and a green pixel obtained by using the coloring composition of the present invention described above.
  • the color filter of the present invention preferably has the film of the present invention as the red pixels of the color filter.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be used for a solid-state image sensor such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), an image display device, or the like.
  • the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the width of the pixels included in the color filter is preferably 0.4 to 10.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5 to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 to 15 GPa.
  • each pixel included in the color filter has high flatness.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and further preferably 15 nm or less.
  • the lower limit is not specified, but it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example.
  • the surface roughness of the pixels can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Measurement 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
  • the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 to 110 °.
  • the contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT ⁇ A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). Further, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, it is preferred that the volume resistivity value of the pixel is 10 9 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more. The upper limit is not specified, but it is preferably 10 14 ⁇ ⁇ cm or less, for example.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest).
  • a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film (pixel) of the present invention.
  • various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophobicization, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching the molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide.
  • Resin polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4, and two or more of these components may be contained.
  • the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 .
  • the protective layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
  • the resin composition When the resin composition is applied to form the protective layer, a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, or an inkjet method can be used as the application method of the resin composition.
  • a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, or an inkjet method can be used as the application method of the resin composition.
  • a known organic solvent for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.
  • the protective layer is formed by a chemical vapor deposition method
  • the chemical vapor deposition method is a known chemical vapor deposition method (thermochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method). Can be used.
  • the protective layer may be an additive such as organic / inorganic fine particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjuster, an antioxidant, an adhesive, a surfactant, etc., if necessary. May be contained.
  • organic / inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , Magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like.
  • a known absorbent can be used as the light absorber of a specific wavelength.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer
  • the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the solid-state image sensor of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • a solid-state image sensor CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.
  • a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like.
  • the configuration has a color filter on the device protective film.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the partition wall preferably has a low refractive index for each colored pixel.
  • Examples of the image pickup apparatus having such a structure include the apparatus described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179757, and International Publication No. 2018/043654.
  • the image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • the image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)”.
  • the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
  • Pigment DPP having a structure in which the aromatic ring group Ar D1 in which an electron donating group is introduced into the aromatic ring is bonded to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton
  • Pigment R1 A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R1) (CI Pigment Red 272)
  • Pigment R2 A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R2)
  • Pigment R3 A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R3)
  • Pigment R4 A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R4)
  • Pigment R5 A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R4)
  • Pigment R6 Compound with structure represented by the following formula (R6)
  • Pigment R7 Compound with structure represented by the following formula (R7)
  • Pigment R8 Table with the following formula (R8)
  • Pigment R9 Compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R9)
  • Pigment R10 Compound having a structure represented by the following formula
  • (resin) A-1 20% by mass of the resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 24000, acid value 47 mgKOH / g).
  • Propropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) solution A-2 20% by mass of the resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 16000, acid value 67 mgKOH / g).
  • a resin solution of resin B-1 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass). 50 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 50 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) were charged into the reaction vessel, and the atmosphere gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel is heated to 70 ° C., 6 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol is added, and 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) is further added, and the reaction is carried out for 12 hours. I let you. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • a resin solution of resin B-2 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass). 50 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 30 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 20 parts by mass of t-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA were charged into the reaction vessel, and the atmosphere gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel is heated to 70 ° C., 6 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol is added, and 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) is further added, and the reaction is carried out for 12 hours. I let you. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • a resin solution of resin B-3 synthesized by the following method solid content concentration 20% by mass.
  • the acid value was 43 mgKOH / g and the weight average molecular weight was the same except that 20 parts by mass of t-butyl methacrylate was changed to 20 parts by mass of (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl methacrylate.
  • a resin solution of 9000 resin B-3 having the following structure was obtained.
  • a resin solution of the resin B-4 synthesized by the following method solid content concentration 20% by mass.
  • the acid value was 43 mgKOH / g and the weight average molecular weight was 9000.
  • a resin solution of structural resin B-4 was obtained.
  • a resin solution of resin B-5 synthesized by the following method solid content concentration 20% by mass.
  • Two parts by mass were charged into the reaction vessel, and the atmospheric gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 100 ° C. and reacted for 7 hours.
  • the temperature in the system was cooled to 70 ° C., 65 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of ethyl acrylate, and t. -Add 53.5 parts by mass of PGMEA solution in which 15 parts by mass of butyl acrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 10 parts by mass of hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 0.1 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile are dissolved. Then, it was reacted for 10 hours. The solid content measurement confirmed that the polymerization had proceeded by 95%, and the reaction was terminated.
  • PGMEA was added to adjust the non-volatile content (solid content concentration) to 20% by mass to obtain a resin solution of resin B-5 having an acid value of 70.5 mgKOH / g and a weight average molecular weight of 10000 and having the following structure.
  • a resin solution of resin B-6 synthesized by the following method solid content concentration 20% by mass. 108 parts by mass of 1-thioglycerol, 174 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 650 parts by mass of methoxypropyl acetate, and 0.2 parts by mass of monobutyltin oxide as a catalyst were charged in a reaction vessel, and the atmosphere gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The reaction was carried out at 120 ° C. for 5 hours (first step). It was confirmed by measuring the acid value that 95% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified.
  • the compound obtained in the first step is 160 parts by mass in terms of solid content, 200 parts by mass of 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 200 parts by mass of ethyl acrylate, 150 parts by mass of t-butyl acrylate, and 200 parts by mass of 2-methoxyethyl acrylate.
  • Parts, 200 parts by mass of methyl acrylate, 50 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and 663 parts by mass of PGMEA were charged into the reaction vessel, and the inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 80 ° C. to 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 1 .2 parts by mass was added and reacted for 12 hours (second step).
  • a resin solution of resin B-7 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass). 40 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 60 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) were charged into the reaction vessel, and the atmosphere gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel is heated to 70 ° C., 8 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol is added, and 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) is further added, and the reaction is carried out for 12 hours. I let you. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • C-1 PGMEA solution of DISPERBYK-2001 (resin having a basic group, amine value 29 mgKOH / g, manufactured by Big Chemie Japan) with a solid content concentration of 20% by mass
  • C-2 Resin having the following structure (additional note to the main chain) The value obtained is the mass ratio.
  • C-3 PGMEA solution of 20% by mass of the resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the mass ratio. Amin value 80 mgKOH / g, weight average molecular weight 8500)
  • the materials listed in the table below were mixed to prepare a colored composition.
  • the value of the blending amount of the resin is the value of the blending amount in the resin solution having a solid content of 20% by mass.
  • Dispersions R1 to R39 Dispersions R1 to R39 described above
  • A-3 A 20% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 11000, acid value 69 mgKOH / g)
  • A-4 A 20% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 13000).
  • E-1 Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate
  • E-2 Trimethylolpropane Ethyleneoxy-modified triacrylate (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., Aronix M-350)
  • E-3 Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., Aronix M-309)
  • E-4 Urethane acrylate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., U-6LPA)
  • G-c1 Compound with the following structure (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator)
  • G-c2 Compound with the following structure (benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator)
  • G-c3 Irgacure OXE02 (BASF, oxime-based photopolymerization initiator)
  • (Surfactant) I-1 A 1% by mass PGMEA solution of a compound having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14000). In the formula below,% indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
  • the film prepared above was irradiated with light of 100,000 Lux over 1000 hours using a light resistance tester (Super Xenon Weather Meter SX75, manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) (total irradiation amount 100 million Lux ⁇ hr). ).
  • the transmittance of the film after light irradiation was measured, and the light resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • a to C are in the range where there is no problem in use.
  • A: The integrated value of the transmittance of the film after light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 99% or more of the integrated value of the transmittance of the film before light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
  • the integrated value of the transmittance of the film after light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 97% or more and less than 99% of the integrated value of the transmittance of the film before light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
  • C The integrated value of the transmittance of the film after light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 95% or more and less than 97% of the integrated value of the transmittance of the film before light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
  • the integrated value of the transmittance of the film after light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is less than 95% of the integrated value of the transmittance of the film before light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
  • the underlayer was formed by heating at 220 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • Each colored composition was applied onto the silicon wafer with a base layer by a spin coating method, and then heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a composition layer having a film thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • composition layer an i-line stepper FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) was used, and square pixels having a side of 1.1 ⁇ m were arranged in a 4 mm ⁇ 3 mm region on the substrate via a mask pattern. Then, light having a wavelength of 365 nm was irradiated with an exposure amount of 500 mJ / cm 2 for exposure.
  • the composition layer after exposure was paddle-developed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide. Then, it was rinsed with water in a spin shower, and further washed with pure water.
  • a to C are in the range where there is no problem in use.
  • the coloring composition was applied onto a glass substrate by a spin coating method, then heat-treated (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then exposed with an i-line at an exposure amount of 1000 mj / cm 2. Then, it was heated at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a film having a thickness of 0.6 ⁇ m. The obtained film was further heat-treated at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, at 245 ° C. for 30 minutes, and at 260 ° C. for 30 minutes, respectively. The film after the heat treatment was observed with an optical microscope, and the presence or absence of crystal precipitation was determined according to the following criteria. A to C are in the range where there is no problem in use.
  • A No crystal precipitation occurred after any of the heat treatments at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, 245 ° C. for 30 minutes, and 260 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • B No crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes and at 245 ° C. for 30 minutes, but crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 260 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • C No crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, but crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 245 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • D Crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the coloring composition was applied onto a glass substrate by a spin coating method, then heat-treated (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then exposed with an i-line at an exposure amount of 1000 mj / cm 2. Then, it was heated at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a film having a thickness of 0.6 ⁇ m. With respect to the obtained film, the light transmittance (transmittance) in the range of 400 to 700 nm was measured using MCPD-3000 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
  • the average value of the transmittance at 400 to 500 nm was T1
  • the average value of the transmittance at 500 to 550 nm was T2
  • the 50% transmittance was ⁇ 50
  • the spectral characteristics as red were determined based on the following criteria.
  • the case where all three items are satisfied is A
  • the case where only two items are satisfied is B
  • the case where only one item is satisfied is C
  • the case where none of them is satisfied is D.
  • -T1 is 5% or less.
  • -T2 is 5% or less.
  • ⁇ 50 is in the range of 530 to 590 nm.
  • the examples were excellent in the evaluation of light resistance, adhesion and foreign matter.
  • the comparative example was inferior to the example in any of light resistance, adhesion and foreign matter.
  • the films obtained from the coloring compositions of Examples R1 to R62 had a high red color value and had preferable spectral characteristics as red colored pixels of the color filter.
  • Example 1001 The green coloring composition was applied onto the silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 1.0 ⁇ m. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) , exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 2 ⁇ m square. Then, paddle development was carried out at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it was rinsed with a spin shower and then washed with pure water.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the green coloring composition was patterned to form green pixels by heating at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate.
  • the red coloring composition and the blue coloring composition were patterned by the same process to sequentially form red pixels and blue pixels to form a color filter having green pixels, red pixels and blue pixels.
  • green pixels are formed in a Bayer pattern, and red pixels and blue pixels are formed in an island pattern in an adjacent region thereof.
  • the obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state image sensor according to a known method. This solid-state image sensor had a suitable image recognition ability.
  • the red coloring composition the coloring composition of Example R1 was used. The green coloring composition and the blue coloring composition will be described later.
  • Green pigment dispersion 73.7 parts by mass
  • Resin 101 0.3 parts by mass
  • Polymerizable compound 101 1.2 parts by mass
  • Photopolymerization initiator 101 0.6 parts by mass
  • Surfactant 101 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA : 19.5 parts by mass
  • the materials used to prepare the green coloring composition and the blue coloring composition are as follows.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 is 5.3 parts by mass
  • dispersant Dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie) is 5.2 parts by mass
  • PGMEA is 83.1 parts by mass.
  • a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd. was used to perform a dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2000 kg / cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a green pigment dispersion liquid.
  • C.I. I. A mixed solution consisting of 2.4 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.5 parts by mass of a dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie), and 82.4 parts by mass of PGMEA is used in a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter). Was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours. After that, a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform a dispersion treatment under a pressure of 2000 kg / cm 3 at a flow rate of 500 g / min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid.
  • Polymerizable compound 101 KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Polymerizable compound 102 A compound having the following structure
  • Resin 101 Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 11000, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio).
  • Photopolymerization initiator 101 Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
  • Surfactant 101 A 1% by mass PGMEA solution of a compound having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14000,% value indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Color Television Image Signal Generators (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a coloring composition comprising: a coloring material containing a pigment; a photopolymerization initiator; a polymerizable compound; and a resin, wherein the pigment contains a pigment DPP having a structure such that an aromatic cyclic group ArD1 in which an electron donating group is introduced into an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrropyrrole skeleton, and wherein the photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime compound OX having an aromatic cyclic group ArOX1 in which an electron withdrawing group is introduced into an aromatic ring. Also provided are a film, a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device.

Description

着色組成物、膜、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置Coloring compositions, films, color filters, solid-state image sensors and image display devices
 本発明は、顔料を含む着色組成物に関する。また、本発明は、着色組成物を用いた膜、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a coloring composition containing a pigment. The present invention also relates to a film, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using a coloring composition.
 近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子(CCD)イメージセンサなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。ディスプレイや光学素子のキーデバイスとしてカラーフィルタが使用されている。カラーフィルタは、通常、赤、緑及び青の3原色の画素を備えており、透過光を3原色へ分解する役割を果たしている。 In recent years, with the spread of digital cameras, camera-equipped mobile phones, etc., demand for solid-state image sensors such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. Color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements. A color filter usually includes pixels of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and plays a role of decomposing transmitted light into the three primary colors.
 カラーフィルタの各色の着色画素は、顔料などの色材を含む着色組成物を用いて製造されている。また、赤色画素形成用の着色組成物には、色材としてジケトピロロピロール顔料などが用いられている(例えば特許文献1など)。 The colored pixels of each color of the color filter are manufactured by using a coloring composition containing a coloring material such as a pigment. Further, in the coloring composition for forming red pixels, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment or the like is used as a coloring material (for example, Patent Document 1).
特開2019-200343号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2019-20343
 本発明者が、ジケトピロロピロール顔料を含む着色組成物について鋭意検討を進めたところ、ジケトピロロピロール顔料を含む着色組成物を用いて形成した膜をさらに高温(例えば230℃以上など)に加熱した場合、膜中にジケトピロロピロール顔料由来の結晶が異物として析出しやすい傾向にあることが分かった。また、本発明者が、特許文献1の実施例に記載された着色組成物について検討を行ったところ、この着色組成物を用いて形成された膜を230℃以上の高温に加熱した場合、膜中にジケトピロロピロール顔料由来の結晶が異物として析出しやすく、更なる改善の余地があることが分かった。 When the present inventor diligently studied a coloring composition containing a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, the film formed by using the coloring composition containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment was heated to a higher temperature (for example, 230 ° C. or higher). It was found that when heated, crystals derived from the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment tend to precipitate as foreign substances in the film. Further, when the present inventor examined the coloring composition described in the examples of Patent Document 1, when the film formed by using this coloring composition was heated to a high temperature of 230 ° C. or higher, the film was formed. It was found that crystals derived from the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment were likely to precipitate as foreign substances, and there was room for further improvement.
 また、近年では、カラーフィルタなどに用いられる膜の特性についての要求が増してきている。そのような要求特性として、耐光性に優れること、支持体との密着性に優れることなどが求められている。また、本発明者が、特許文献1の実施例に記載された着色組成物について検討を行ったところ、この着色組成物を用いて形成された膜は、耐光性や支持体との密着性についてさらなる改善の余地があることが分かった。 In recent years, there has been an increasing demand for the characteristics of films used for color filters and the like. As such required characteristics, excellent light resistance, excellent adhesion to the support, and the like are required. Further, when the present inventor examined the coloring composition described in Examples of Patent Document 1, the film formed by using this coloring composition was found to have light resistance and adhesion to a support. It turned out that there was room for further improvement.
 よって、本発明の目的は、耐光性および密着性に優れ、かつ、加熱処理後も異物の析出が抑制された膜を形成できる着色組成物、膜、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device which are excellent in light resistance and adhesion and can form a film in which precipitation of foreign substances is suppressed even after heat treatment. To provide.
 本発明者の検討によれば、後述する着色組成物により上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。よって、本発明は以下を提供する。
 <1> 顔料を含む色材と、光重合開始剤と、重合性化合物と、樹脂とを含む着色組成物であって、
 上記顔料は、芳香族環に電子供与性基が導入された芳香族環基ArD1がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する顔料DPPを含み、
 上記光重合開始剤は、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物OXを含む、
 着色組成物。
 <2> 上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基は、アシル基およびニトロ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、<1>に記載の着色組成物。
 <3> 上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基は、アシル基である、<1>に記載の着色組成物。
 <4> 上記芳香族環基ArOX1は、式(OR-1)で表される基である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式中、ROX1は置換基を表し、ROX2は電子求引性基を表し、nは0~4の整数を表し、波線は結合手を表す。
 <5> 上記オキシム化合物OXは、式(OR-11)で表される基および式(OR-12)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有する、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式中、ROX11は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
 ROX12は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
 波線は結合手を表す。
 <6> 上記オキシム化合物OXは、式(OX1)で表される化合物および式(OX2)で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式中、RX1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
 RX2は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
 RX3~RX14は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す;
 ただし、RX10~RX14のうち少なくとも一つは、電子求引性基である。
 <7> 上記芳香族環基ArD1が有する電子供与性基は、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基およびアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
 <8> 上記芳香族環基ArD1は、式(AR-1)で表される基である、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式中、RD1は置換基を表し、RD2は電子供与性基を表し、nは0~4の整数を表し、波線はジケトピロロピロール骨格との結合手を表す。
 <9> 上記顔料DPPは、式(DPP1)で表される化合物である、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式中、RD11およびRD12はそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、
 RD21およびRD22はそれぞれ独立して電子供与性基を表し、
 n11およびn12はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表す。
 <10> 上記顔料DPPは、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド264およびカラーインデックスピグメントレッド272から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
 <11> 着色組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量が50質量%以上である、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
 <12> 固体撮像素子用である、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
 <13> カラーフィルタ用である、<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
 <14> <1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物を用いて得られる膜。
 <15> <14>に記載の膜を有するカラーフィルタ。
 <16> <14>に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。
 <17> <14>に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。
According to the study of the present inventor, it has been found that the above object can be achieved by the coloring composition described later, and the present invention has been completed. Therefore, the present invention provides the following.
<1> A coloring composition containing a coloring material containing a pigment, a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a resin.
The pigment comprises a pigment DPP having a structure in which an aromatic ring group Ar D1 having an electron donating group introduced into an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.
The photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime compound OX having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into the aromatic ring.
Coloring composition.
<2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein the electron-attracting group contained in the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is at least one selected from an acyl group and a nitro group.
<3> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein the electron-attracting group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is an acyl group.
<4> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is a group represented by the formula (OR-1);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Wherein, R OX1 represents a substituent, R OX2 represents an electron-withdrawing group, n represents an integer of 0 to 4, the wavy line represents a bond.
<5> The oxime compound OX has at least one group selected from the group represented by the formula (OR-11) and the group represented by the formula (OR-12), <1> to <4>. The coloring composition according to any one of the above;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In the formula, ROX11 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group. Represents a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group.
ROX12 contains an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl. Represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group
The wavy line represents the bond.
<6> The oxime compound OX is at least one selected from the compound represented by the formula (OX1) and the compound represented by the formula (OX2), and is any one of <1> to <5>. The colored composition described;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the formula, RX1 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group. Represents a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group.
RX2 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl. Represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group
R X3 ~ R X14 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent independently;
Provided that at least one of R X10 ~ R X14 is an electron withdrawing group.
<7> The electron donating group contained in the aromatic ring group Ar D1 is at least one selected from a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group and an amino group. <1 > The coloring composition according to any one of <6>.
<8> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the aromatic ring group Ar D1 is a group represented by the formula (AR-1);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Wherein, R D1 represents a substituent, R D2 represents an electron donating group, n represents an integer of 0 to 4, the wavy line represents a bond to diketopyrrolopyrrole backbone.
<9> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the pigment DPP is a compound represented by the formula (DPP1);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
In the formula, R D11 and R D12 each independently represent a substituent and represent a substituent.
R D21 and R D22 each independently represent an electron donating group.
n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
<10> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the pigment DPP contains at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Red 264 and Color Index Pigment Red 272.
<11> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 50% by mass or more.
<12> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, which is used for a solid-state image sensor.
<13> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, which is used for a color filter.
<14> A film obtained by using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <13>.
<15> A color filter having the film according to <14>.
<16> A solid-state image sensor having the film according to <14>.
<17> An image display device having the film according to <14>.
 本発明によれば、耐光性および密着性に優れ、かつ、加熱処理後も異物の析出が抑制された膜を形成できる着色組成物、膜、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, there are provided a coloring composition, a film, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device capable of forming a film having excellent light resistance and adhesion and suppressing precipitation of foreign substances even after heat treatment. be able to.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい化合物を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the present specification, "-" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
As used herein, "(meth) acrylate" represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either, and "(meth) acrylic" represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either. ) Acryloyl "represents both acryloyl and / or methacryloyl.
In the present specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
In the present specification, the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
As used herein, the term pigment means a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the desired action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
<着色組成物>
 本発明の着色組成物は、
 顔料を含む色材と、光重合開始剤と、重合性化合物と、樹脂とを含む着色組成物であって、
 上記顔料は、芳香族環に電子供与性基が導入された芳香族環基ArD1がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する顔料DPPを含み、
 上記光重合開始剤は、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物OXを含む
 ことを特徴とする。
<Coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention
A coloring composition containing a coloring material containing a pigment, a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a resin.
The pigment comprises a pigment DPP having a structure in which an aromatic ring group Ar D1 having an electron donating group introduced into an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.
The photopolymerization initiator is characterized by containing an oxime compound OX having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into the aromatic ring.
 本発明の着色組成物によれば、耐光性および密着性に優れ、かつ、加熱処理後も異物の析出が抑制された膜を形成することができる。このような効果が得られる理由は、以下によるものであると推測される。本発明の着色組成物において、上述した顔料DPPは電子供与性基を有し、光重合開始剤として用いられる上記オキシム化合物OXは電子求引性基を有しているので、着色組成物中で、顔料DPPとオキシム化合物OXとが近接して存在していると推測される。このため、露光時の光照射によって、顔料DPPの近傍で重合性化合物の硬化反応が進むと推測される。このため、支持体との密着性に優れた膜を形成することができたと推測される。また、ジケトピロロピロール顔料は結晶性が高く、加熱により凝集しやすい傾向があるが、本発明の着色組成物によれば、露光時の光照射により、顔料DPP近傍の重合性化合物をしっかりと硬化させることができると推測され、その結果、得られた膜を加熱処理してもジケトピロロピロール顔料の凝集などを抑制でき、異物の析出が抑制された膜を形成できたと推測される。また、本発明の着色組成物において光重合開始剤として用いられる上記のオキシム化合物OXは、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有しており、この香族環基ArOX1の部位が紫外線吸収剤として作用すると推測され、その結果、耐光性に優れた膜を形成することができたと推測される。 According to the coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to form a film having excellent light resistance and adhesion and suppressing the precipitation of foreign substances even after heat treatment. It is presumed that the reason why such an effect is obtained is as follows. In the coloring composition of the present invention, the pigment DPP described above has an electron donating group, and the oxime compound OX used as a photopolymerization initiator has an electron attracting group. , It is presumed that the pigment DPP and the oxime compound OX are present in close proximity to each other. Therefore, it is presumed that the curing reaction of the polymerizable compound proceeds in the vicinity of the pigment DPP due to light irradiation during exposure. Therefore, it is presumed that a film having excellent adhesion to the support could be formed. Further, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment has high crystallinity and tends to agglomerate by heating. However, according to the coloring composition of the present invention, the polymerizable compound in the vicinity of the pigment DPP is firmly formed by light irradiation during exposure. It is presumed that the film can be cured, and as a result, even if the obtained film is heat-treated, aggregation of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and the like can be suppressed, and it is presumed that a film in which the precipitation of foreign substances is suppressed can be formed. Further, the above-mentioned oxime compound OX used as a photopolymerization initiator in the coloring composition of the present invention has an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into the aromatic ring, and this fragrance. It is presumed that the site of the group ring group Ar OX1 acts as an ultraviolet absorber, and as a result, a film having excellent light resistance can be formed.
 また、本発明の着色組成物で用いられる上記顔料DPPは、従来の赤色顔料よりも赤色の色価が高いため、薄膜であっても所望の分光特性を有する硬化膜を形成できる。顔料DPPは、ジケトピロロピロール骨格に芳香族環基ArD1が結合した構造を有するので、HOMO(Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital)-LUMO(Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital)遷移が伸びることで遷移モーメントが大きくなり、その結果顔料DPPの赤色の波長領域(例えば、450~600nm)におけるモル吸光係数εが増加したため、赤色の色価が高いと推測される。また、顔料DPPは従来の赤色顔料に比べて赤色の色価が高いため、従来の赤色顔料と同等の分光特性を達成するために必要とされる配合量よりも少ない配合量で所望の分光を達成することができるため、顔料以外の成分の配合量を高めることもでき、処方設計の自由度が高い。 Further, since the pigment DPP used in the coloring composition of the present invention has a higher red color value than the conventional red pigment, it is possible to form a cured film having desired spectral characteristics even if it is a thin film. Since the pigment DPP has a structure in which the aromatic ring group Ar D1 is bonded to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, the HOMO (Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital) -LUMO (Lowest Unoccuped Molecular Orbital) transition is increased and the transition moment is increased. As a result, the molar extinction coefficient ε in the red wavelength region (for example, 450 to 600 nm) of the pigment DPP increased, so that it is presumed that the red color value is high. Further, since the pigment DPP has a higher red color value than the conventional red pigment, the desired spectroscopy can be performed with a blending amount smaller than the blending amount required to achieve the same spectral characteristics as the conventional red pigment. Since it can be achieved, it is possible to increase the blending amount of components other than pigments, and the degree of freedom in formulation design is high.
 本発明の着色組成物は、固体撮像素子用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができる。また、本発明の着色組成物は、カラーフィルタ用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができる。具体的には、カラーフィルタの画素形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができ、カラーフィルタの赤色画素形成用の着色組成物としてより好ましく用いることができる。また、本発明の着色組成物は、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタの画素形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができる。 The coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for a solid-state image sensor. Moreover, the coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for a color filter. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter, and more preferably as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter. Further, the coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter used in a solid-state image sensor.
 以下、本発明の着色組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, each component used in the coloring composition of the present invention will be described.
<<色材>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、顔料を含む色材を含有する。色材中における顔料の含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、色材は顔料のみであってもよい。
<< Color material >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring material containing a pigment. The content of the pigment in the coloring material is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, and preferably 90% by mass or more. Especially preferable. Further, the coloring material may be only a pigment.
 上記顔料としては、芳香族環に電子供与性基が導入された芳香族環基ArD1がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する顔料DPP(以下、顔料DPPともいう)を含むものが用いられる。顔料DPPは、ジケトピロロピロール顔料である。なお、本明細書において、電子供与性基とは、有機電子論において、誘起効果や共鳴効果により、置換した原子団に電子を供与する原子団である。電子供与性基としては、Hammett式の置換基定数(σp+)として、負の値をとるものが挙げられる。Hammett式の置換基定数(σp+)は、大学院講義有機化学I.分子構造と反応・有機金属化学 第1版の175ページから引用することができる。電子供与性基は、Hammett式の置換基定数(σp+)が-0.01以下の基であることが好ましく、-0.15以下の基であることがより好ましく、-0.3以下の基であることが更に好ましい。 As the above pigment, those containing a pigment DPP having a structure in which an aromatic ring group Ar D1 having an electron donating group introduced into an aromatic ring bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton (hereinafter, also referred to as pigment DPP) are used. Be done. The pigment DPP is a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. In addition, in this specification, an electron donating group is an atomic group which donates an electron to a substituted atomic group by an inductive effect or a resonance effect in the organic electron theory. Examples of the electron donating group include those having a negative value as the substituent constant (σp +) of the Hammett equation. The substituent constant (σp +) of the Hammett equation is described in the Graduate School Lecture Organic Chemistry I.D. Molecular structure and reaction ・ Organometallic chemistry It can be quoted from page 175 of the first edition. The electron donating group is preferably a group having a Hammett-type substituent constant (σp +) of −0.01 or less, more preferably a group of −0.15 or less, and a group of −0.3 or less. Is more preferable.
 顔料DPPにおいて、上記芳香族環基ArD1が有する電子供与性基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基およびアミノ基が挙げられる。 Examples of the electron-donating group of the aromatic ring group Ar D1 in the pigment DPP include a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group and an amino group.
 アルキル基、アルコキシ基およびアルキルチオ基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。これらの基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましい。
 アリール基およびアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。
 アミノ基としては、-NRaRaで表される基が挙げられる。RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表す。RaとRaが結合して環を形成してもよい。RaおよびRaが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。RaおよびRaが表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。RaおよびRaが表す複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基は、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は3~30が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12がより好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group, the alkoxy group and the alkylthio group is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 5. These groups may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched.
The aryl group and the aryloxy group preferably have 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
Examples of the amino group include a group represented by −NRa 1 Ra 2. Ra 1 and Ra 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, respectively. Ra 1 and Ra 2 may be combined to form a ring. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The aryl group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The heterocyclic group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensation numbers. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
 電子供与性基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基およびアミノ基が好ましく、赤色に適した分光特性の膜が得られやすいという理由からアルキル基、アルコキシ基およびアリール基がより好ましく、アルキル基およびアリール基が更に好ましく、アルキル基が特に好ましい。 As the electron donating group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group and an amino group are preferable, and an alkyl group, an alkoxy group and an aryl group are more preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable because a film having spectral characteristics suitable for red color can be easily obtained. And aryl groups are more preferred, and alkyl groups are particularly preferred.
 上記芳香族環基ArD1は、式(AR-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式中、RD1は置換基を表し、RD2は電子供与性基を表し、nは0~4の整数を表し、波線はジケトピロロピロール骨格との結合手を表す。
The aromatic ring group Ar D1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (AR-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Wherein, R D1 represents a substituent, R D2 represents an electron donating group, n represents an integer of 0 to 4, the wavy line represents a bond to diketopyrrolopyrrole backbone.
 式(AR-1)において、RD1が表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tの群から選ばれる基および上述した電子供与性基が挙げられ、電子供与性基であることが好ましい。nが2以上の場合、n個のRD1は同一であっていてもよく、それぞれが異なっていてもよい。 In the formula (AR-1), examples of the substituent represented by R D1 include a group selected from the group of substituent T described later and the above-mentioned electron donating group, and the substituent is preferably an electron donating group. When n is 2 or more, n R D1s may be the same or different from each other.
 式(AR-1)において、RD2が表す電子供与性基としては、上述した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。 In the formula (AR-1), examples of the electron-donating group represented by R D2 include the above-mentioned groups, and the preferred range is also the same.
 式(AR-1)において、nは0~4の整数を表し、0~3の整数であることが好ましく、0~2の整数であることがより好ましく、0または1であることが更に好ましい。 In the formula (AR-1), n represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0 or 1. ..
 式(AR-1)において、波線はジケトピロロピロール骨格との結合手を表す。なお、ジケトピロロピロール骨格とは、以下の構造を意味する。波線は式(AR-1)で表される基などの置換基との結合手を表す。式(AR-1)で表される基以外の置換基としては、アリール基などが挙げられる。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては後述する置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In formula (AR-1), the wavy line represents a bond with the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. The diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton means the following structure. The wavy line represents a bond with a substituent such as a group represented by the formula (AR-1). Examples of the substituent other than the group represented by the formula (AR-1) include an aryl group and the like. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the group of the substituent T described later.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 顔料DPPは、式(DPP1)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、より本発明の効果が顕著に得られるという理由から式(DPP2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
The pigment DPP is preferably a compound represented by the formula (DPP1), and more preferably a compound represented by the formula (DPP2) because the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上記式中、RD11およびRD12はそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、
 RD21およびRD22はそれぞれ独立して電子供与性基を表し、
 n11およびn12はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表す。
In the above formula, R D11 and R D12 independently represent substituents, respectively.
R D21 and R D22 each independently represent an electron donating group.
n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
 RD11およびRD12が表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tの群から選ばれる基および上述した電子供与性基が挙げられ、電子供与性基であることが好ましい。n11が2以上の場合、n11個のRD11は同一であってもよく、それぞれが異なっていてもよい。また、n12が2以上の場合、n12個のRD12は同一であってもよく、それぞれが異なっていてもよい。 Examples of the substituent represented by R D11 and R D12 include a group selected from the group of substituent T described later and the above-mentioned electron donating group, and are preferably electron donating groups. If n11 is 2 or more, n11 amino R D11 may be the same or different, respectively. When n12 is 2 or more, n12 R D12s may be the same or different from each other.
 RD21およびRD22が表す電子供与性基としては、上述した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Examples of the electron donating group represented by RD21 and RD22 include the above-mentioned groups, and the preferred range is also the same.
 n11およびn12はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~3の整数であることが好ましく、0~2の整数であることがより好ましく、0または1であることが更に好ましく、0であることが特に好ましい。 n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, further preferably 0 or 1, and 0. Is particularly preferable.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環基、-ORt、-CORt、-COORt、-OCORt、-NRtRt、-NRtCORt、-CONRtRt、-NRtCONRtRt、-NRtCOORt、-SRt、-SORt、-SOORt、-NRtSORtまたは-SONRtRtが挙げられる。Rt~Rtは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表す。RtとRtが結合して環を形成してもよい。
(Substituent T)
Substituents T include halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 , -NRt 3 CORT 1 , -CONRT 1 Rt 2 , -NRt 3 CONRT 1 Rt 2 , -NRt 3 COORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NRt 3 SO 2 Rt 1 or -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 can be mentioned. Rt 1 to Rt 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, respectively. Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be combined to form a ring.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~15がより好ましく、2~8が更に好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基は、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は3~30が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12がより好ましい。
 アルキル基、アリール基および複素環基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferable, and linear is more preferable.
The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferable, and linear is more preferable.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensation numbers. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
The alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 顔料DPPの具体例としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。式(R1)で表される構造の化合物はカラーインデックス(C.I.)ピグメントレッド272であり、式(R10)で表される構造の化合物はC.I.ピグメントレッド264である。顔料DPPは、C.I.ピグメントレッド264およびC.I.ピグメントレッド272から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド272を含むことがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Specific examples of the pigment DPP include compounds having the following structures. The compound having the structure represented by the formula (R1) is Color Index (CI) Pigment Red 272, and the compound having the structure represented by the formula (R10) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 264. Pigment DPP is C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 and C.I. I. It preferably contains at least one selected from Pigment Red 272, C.I. I. More preferably, it contains Pigment Red 272.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 本発明の着色組成物に用いられる色材は、上述した顔料DPP以外の色材(以下、他の色材ともいう)をさらに含有することができる。他の色材は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。他の色材は、顔料を含むことが好ましい。また、顔料は有機顔料であってもよく、無機顔料であってもよい。また、顔料には、無機顔料または有機‐無機顔料の一部を有機発色団で置換した材料を用いることもできる。無機顔料や有機‐無機顔料を有機発色団で置換することで、色相設計をしやすくできる。 The coloring material used in the coloring composition of the present invention can further contain a coloring material other than the pigment DPP described above (hereinafter, also referred to as another coloring material). The other coloring material may be a pigment or a dye. Pigments and dyes may be used in combination. The other coloring material preferably contains a pigment. Further, the pigment may be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment. Further, as the pigment, an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of the organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can also be used. Hue design can be facilitated by replacing inorganic pigments and organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores.
 本発明の着色組成物は、他の色材として黄色色材を含むことが好ましく、黄色顔料を含むことがより好ましい。この態様によれば、赤色の画素に適した分光特性を有する膜を形成しやすい。また、他の色材として黄色顔料を用いた場合においては、着色組成物の保存安定性を向上させることもできる。 The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a yellow color material as another color material, and more preferably contains a yellow pigment. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a film having spectral characteristics suitable for red pixels. Further, when a yellow pigment is used as another coloring material, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be improved.
 黄色色材としては、キノフタロン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ベンズイミダゾロン化合物、プテリジン化合物およびキノキサリン化合物が挙げられ、キノフタロン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、および、プテリジン化合物が好ましく、イソインドリン化合物およびアゾ化合物がより好ましく、赤色により適した分光特性を有する膜を形成しやすいという理由からイソインドリン化合物が特に好ましい。 Examples of the yellow colorant include quinophthalone compounds, isoindolin compounds, azo compounds, azomethine compounds, benzimidazolone compounds, pteridine compounds and quinoxalin compounds, and quinophthalone compounds, isoindolin compounds, azo compounds, azomethine compounds, and pteridine compounds. Is preferable, isoindolin compounds and azo compounds are more preferable, and isoindolin compounds are particularly preferable because it is easy to form a film having spectral characteristics more suitable for red color.
 黄色色材としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232(メチン系),233(キノリン系),234(アミノケトン系),235(アミノケトン系),236(アミノケトン系)等(以上、黄色顔料)が挙げられる。 As a yellow color material, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35: 1,36, 36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97, 98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139, 147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179, 180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232 (methine type), 233 (quinoline type), 234 (aminoketone type), 235 (aminoketone type) ), 236 (aminoketone type) and the like (above, yellow pigment).
 また、黄色色材として、特開2017-201003号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-197719号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-171912号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0137~0276に記載の化合物、特開2017-171913号公報の段落番号0010~0062、0138~0295に記載の化合物、特開2017-171914号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0139~0190に記載の化合物、特開2017-171915号公報の段落番号0010~0065、0142~0222に記載の化合物、特開2013-054339号公報の段落番号0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-026228号公報の段落番号0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062644号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開218-203798号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062578号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6432077号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6432076号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-155881号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-111757号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-040835号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2017-197640号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2016-145282号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-085565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-021139号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209614号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209435号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-181015号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-061622号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-054339号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-032486号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2012-226110号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074987号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074986号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074985号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-050420号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-031281号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特公昭48-032765号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、式(QP1)で表される化合物、式(QP2)で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2014-0034963号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-095706号公報に記載の化合物、台湾特許出願公開第201920495号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。また、これらの化合物を多量体化したものも、色価向上の観点から好ましく用いられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Further, as the yellow color material, the compounds described in JP-A-2017-201003, the compounds described in JP-A-2017-197719, and paragraph numbers 0011 to 0062 and 0137-0276 of JP-A-2017-171912 are described. , Compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0062, 0138 to 0295 of JP-A-2017-171913, compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0062, 0139-0190 of JP-A-2017-171914, JP-A-2017. The compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP-A-171915, the quinophthalone compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP2013-054339, paragraph numbers 0013 to JP-A-2014-0226228. The quinophthalone compound described in 0058, the isoindolin compound described in JP-A-2018-062644, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-218-203798, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-062578, Patent No. 6432077. The quinophthalone compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6432076, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-155881, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-11175, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-1040835 The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2017-197640, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2016-145282, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2014-0855565, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2014-085565, JP-A-2014. The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-201139, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-209614, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-209435, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-181015, and the present invention. The quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-061622, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-054339, the quinophthalone compound described in JP2013-032486, and the quinophthalone compound described in JP2012-226110. , A quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-074987, a quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-081565, a quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-074986, JP-A-2008- The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-074985, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-050420, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-031281, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-48-032765, and JP-A. The quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2019-008014, the compound represented by the formula (QP1), the compound represented by the formula (QP2), the compound described in Korean Publication No. 10-2014-0034963, JP-A-2017 -The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 095706, the compound described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, and the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6607427 can also be used. In addition, multimers of these compounds are also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the color value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(QP1)中、X~X16は各々独立に水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表し、Zは炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を表す。式(QP1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特許第6443711号公報の段落番号0016に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In the formula (QP1), X 1 to X 16 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP1) include the compounds described in paragraph No. 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(QP2)中、Y~Yは、それぞれ独立にハロゲン原子を示す。n、mは0~6の整数、pは0~5の整数を表す。(n+m)は1以上である。式(QP2)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特許6432077号公報の段落番号0047~0048に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 Wherein (QP2), Y 1 ~ Y 3 represents a halogen atom independently. n and m represent integers of 0 to 6, and p represents an integer of 0 to 5. (N + m) is 1 or more. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (QP2) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
 他の色材には、上記顔料DPP以外の赤色色材(以下、他の赤色色材ともいう)を用いることもできる。他の赤色色材は顔料であることが好ましい。他の赤色色材としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、より色分離性能が高い赤色画素を形成できるという理由からジケトピロロピロール化合物であることが更に好ましい。他の赤色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,269,270,279,291,294(キサンテン系、Organo Ultramarine、Bluish Red),295(モノアゾ系),296(ジアゾ系),297(アミノケトン系)等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。他の赤色色材は、より色分離性能が高い赤色画素を形成できるという理由から、C.I.ピグメントレッド254であることが好ましい。 As the other color material, a red color material other than the above pigment DPP (hereinafter, also referred to as another red color material) can be used. The other red color material is preferably a pigment. Examples of other red colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds and the like, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and anthraquinone compounds. , An azo compound is preferable, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound is more preferable because it can form red pixels having higher color separation performance. Specific examples of other red color materials include C.I. I. Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48: 1,48: 2,48: 3,48: 4, 49,49: 1,49: 2,52: 1,52: 2,53: 1,57: 1,60: 1,63: 1,66,67,81: 1,81: 2,81: 3, 83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,269,270,279,291,294 (xanthene system) , Organo Ultramarine, Bruish Red), 295 (monoazo type), 296 (diazo type), 297 (aminoketone type) and other red pigments. Other red color materials can form red pixels with higher color separation performance, and therefore, C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 is preferred.
 他の色材には、オレンジ色色材、緑色色材、紫色色材、青色色材などの有彩色色材を用いることもできる。これらの具体例としては、以下に示すものが挙げられる。 As other color materials, chromatic color materials such as orange color material, green color material, purple color material, and blue color material can also be used. Specific examples of these include those shown below.
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上、オレンジ色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64(フタロシアニン系),65(フタロシアニン系),66(フタロシアニン系)等(以上、緑色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(トリアリールメタン系),61(キサンテン系)等(以上、紫色顔料)、
 C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(モノアゾ系),88(メチン系)等(以上、青色顔料)。
C. I. Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17: 1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73, etc. (The above is orange pigment),
C. I. Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64 (phthalocyanine type), 65 (phthalocyanine type), 66 (phthalocyanine type), etc. (above, green pigment),
C. I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60 (triarylmethane type), 61 (xanthene type), etc. (above, purple pigment),
C. I. Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15: 1,15: 2,15: 3,15: 4,15: 6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87 (monoazo system), 88 (methine-based) and the like (above, blue pigment).
 また、緑色色材として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色色材として中国特許出願第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102395号に記載のリン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2018-180023号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-038958号公報に記載の化合物などを用いることもできる。 Further, as a green color material, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, a bromine atom number of 8 to 12, and a chlorine atom number of 2 to 5 on average. Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720. Further, as a green color material, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 1069009027, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphate ester described in International Publication No. 2012/10395 as a ligand, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-008014. , The phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2018-180023, the compound described in JP-A-2019-038958, and the like can also be used.
 また、青色色材として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Further, as the blue color material, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraphs 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
 また、他の色材として、染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ化合物、アニリノアゾ化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アントラピリドン化合物、ベンジリデン化合物、オキソノール化合物、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ化合物、ピリドンアゾ化合物、シアニン化合物、フェノチアジン化合物、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ベンゾピラン化合物、インジゴ化合物、ピロメテン化合物が挙げられる。また、特開2012-158649号公報に記載のチアゾール化合物、特開2011-184493号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、特開2011-145540号公報に記載のアゾ化合物を用いることもできる。また、染料としては、色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、特開2016-102191号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 Dyes can also be used as other coloring materials. The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo compound, anilino azo compound, triarylmethane compound, anthraquinone compound, anthrapyridone compound, benzylidene compound, oxonol compound, pyrazorotriazole azo compound, pyridone azo compound, cyanine compound, phenothiazine compound, pyropyrazole azomethine compound, xanthene compound, Examples thereof include phthalocyanine compounds, benzopyran compounds, indigo compounds and pyromethene compounds. Further, the thiazole compound described in JP2012-158649A, the azo compound described in JP2011-184493, and the azo compound described in JP2011-145540 can also be used. Further, as the dye, a dye multimer can also be used. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. The plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may have the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. Dye multimers are available from JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, JP-A-2016-102191, International Publication No. 2016 / Compounds described in 031442 and the like can also be used.
 着色組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量は、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、45質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、50質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、着色組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量の上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、着色組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量は、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、45質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、50質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、着色組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量の上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
The content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass. % Or more is even more preferable, and 50% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit of the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less. preferable.
The content of the pigment in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and 45% by mass. It is even more preferably mass% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mass% or more. The upper limit of the pigment content in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less. ..
 着色組成物の全固形分中における顔料DPPの含有量は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、20質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、25質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、着色組成物の全固形分中における顔料DPPの含有量の上限は、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、55質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the pigment DPP in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more, and 20% by mass. % Or more is even more preferable, and 25% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit of the content of the pigment DPP in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and further preferably 55% by mass or less. preferable.
 着色組成物に含まれる色材の全質量中における顔料DPPの含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、30~95質量%であることがより好ましく、40~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the pigment DPP in the total mass of the coloring material contained in the coloring composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 30 to 95% by mass, and 40 to 90% by mass. Is even more preferable.
 着色組成物に含まれる色材が黄色色材を含む場合、黄色色材の含有量は、顔料DPPの100質量部に対して5~100質量部であることが好ましく、10~60質量部であることがより好ましく、15~40質量部であることが更に好ましい。 When the coloring material contained in the coloring composition contains a yellow coloring material, the content of the yellow coloring material is preferably 5 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment DPP, and is preferably 10 to 60 parts by mass. It is more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass.
 着色組成物に含まれる色材が顔料DPP以外の赤色色材を含む場合、顔料DPP以外の赤色色材の含有量は、顔料DPPの100質量部に対して5~100質量部であることが好ましく、10~60質量部であることがより好ましく、15~40質量部であることが更に好ましい。 When the coloring material contained in the coloring composition contains a red coloring material other than the pigment DPP, the content of the red coloring material other than the pigment DPP may be 5 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment DPP. It is preferably 10 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、光重合開始剤を含む。光重合開始剤としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物OX(以下、オキシム化合物OXともいう)を含むものが用いられる。オキシム化合物OXにおいて、芳香族環基ArOX1は、電子求引性基が結合している芳香族環を介して、オキシム化合物OXのオキシム構造を含む部位と結合していることが好ましい。すなわち、芳香族環基ArOX1の電子求引性基は、電子求引性基によって電子求引された芳香族環を介して、オキシム化合物OXのオキシム構造を含む部位と結合していることが好ましい。具体的には、芳香族環基ArOX1の芳香族環側が、オキシム化合物OXのオキシム構造を含む部位との結合側であることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、電子求引性基とは、有機電子論において、誘起効果や共鳴効果により、置換した原子団から電子を求引する原子団のことである。電子求引性基としては、Hammett式の置換基定数(σp-)として、正の値をとるものが挙げられる。Hammett式の置換基定数(σp-)は、大学院講義有機化学I.分子構造と反応・有機金属化学 第1版の175ページから引用することができる。電子求引性基は、Hammett式の置換基定数(σp-)が0.01以上の基であることが好ましく、0.1以上の基であることがより好ましく、0.3以上の基であることが更に好ましい。
<< Photoinitiator >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator. As the photopolymerization initiator, one containing an oxime compound OX having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into an aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as an oxime compound OX) is used. In the oxime compound OX, the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is preferably bonded to the site containing the oxime structure of the oxime compound OX via the aromatic ring to which the electron-attracting group is bonded. That is, the electron-attracting group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is bonded to the site containing the oxime structure of the oxime compound OX via the aromatic ring electron-pulled by the electron-attracting group. preferable. Specifically, it is preferable that the aromatic ring side of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is the bond side with the site containing the oxime structure of the oxime compound OX. In the present specification, the electron-withdrawing group is an atomic group that attracts electrons from the substituted atomic group by an inductive effect or a resonance effect in the organic electron theory. Examples of the electron-attracting group include those having a positive value as the substituent constant (σp−) of the Hammett equation. The substituent constant (σp−) of the Hammett equation is described in the Graduate School Lecture Organic Chemistry I.D. Molecular structure and reaction ・ Organometallic chemistry It can be quoted from page 175 of the first edition. The electron-attracting group is preferably a group having a Hammett-type substituent constant (σp−) of 0.01 or more, more preferably 0.1 or more, and a group of 0.3 or more. It is more preferable to have.
 オキシム化合物OXにおいて、上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基およびニトロ基が好ましく、より耐光性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由からアシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられ、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基またはアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基およびアミノ基としては後述するROX11が表すこれらの基として説明した基が挙げられる。 In the oxime compound OX, the electron-attracting group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 includes an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group and a cyano. Examples thereof include an acyl group and a nitro group, and an acyl group is more preferable, and a benzoyl group is further preferable, because it is easy to form a film having more excellent light resistance. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T, which includes a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group and a complex. It is preferably a ring oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkyl sulfanyl group, an aryl sulfanyl group, an acyl group or an amino group, preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryl oxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkyl sulfanyl group or an aryl sulfanyl. It is more preferably a group or an amino group, and even more preferably an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group or an amino group. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. Alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkenyl group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group are as these groups represented by ROX11 described later. The groups described are mentioned.
 上記芳香族環基ArOX1は、式(OR-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。この態様によれば、上述した本発明の効果がより顕著に発揮される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式中、ROX1は置換基を表し、ROX2は電子求引性基を表し、nは0~4の整数を表し、波線は結合手を表す。
The aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is preferably a group represented by the formula (OR-1). According to this aspect, the above-mentioned effect of the present invention is exhibited more remarkably.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Wherein, R OX1 represents a substituent, R OX2 represents an electron-withdrawing group, n represents an integer of 0 to 4, the wavy line represents a bond.
 式(OR-1)において、ROX1が表す置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基および上述した電子求引性基が挙げられ、電子求引性基であることが好ましい。nが2以上の場合、n個のROX1は同一であっていてもよく、それぞれが異なっていてもよい。 In the formula (OR-1), examples of the substituent represented by ROX1 include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituents T and the above-mentioned electron-attracting group, and the above-mentioned electron-attracting group is preferable. .. When n is 2 or more, n ROX1s may be the same or different from each other.
 式(OR-1)において、ROX2が表す電子求引性基としては、上述した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。 In the formula (OR-1), examples of the electron-attracting group represented by ROX2 include the above-mentioned groups, and the preferred range is also the same.
 式(OR-1)において、nは0~4の整数を表し、0~3の整数であることが好ましく、0~2の整数であることがより好ましく、0または1であることが更に好ましく、0であることが特に好ましい。 In the formula (OR-1), n represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0 or 1. , 0 is particularly preferable.
 式(OR-1)において、波線は結合手を表す。式(OR-1)における波線の位置にて、オキシム化合物OXを構成する他の原子団と結合してオキシム化合物OXを構成する。 In equation (OR-1), the wavy line represents the bond. At the position of the wavy line in the formula (OR-1), it combines with other atomic groups constituting the oxime compound OX to form the oxime compound OX.
 オキシム化合物OXは、式(OR-11)で表される基および式(OR-12)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有することが好ましく、式(OR-12)で表される基を有することがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式中、ROX11は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
 ROX12は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
 波線は結合手を表す。
The oxime compound OX preferably has at least one group selected from the group represented by the formula (OR-11) and the group represented by the formula (OR-12), and is represented by the formula (OR-12). It is more preferable to have a group to be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
In the formula, ROX11 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group. Represents a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group.
ROX12 contains an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl. Represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group
The wavy line represents the bond.
 ROX11は、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基または複素環基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基であることがより好ましく、アルキル基であることが更に好ましい。また、ROX12は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基またはアシルオキシ基が好ましく、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基または複素環基であることがより好ましく、アルキル基であることが更に好ましい。 ROX11 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and further preferably an alkyl group. .. Further, ROX12 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group or an acyloxy group, and is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is more preferably an alkyl group.
 ROX11およびROX12が表す上述の基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。さらなる置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。 The above-mentioned groups represented by ROX11 and ROX12 may further have a substituent. Further examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~18が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基の炭素数が2以上の場合、炭素原子間にエーテル結合を含んでいてもよい。ROX11およびROX12が表すアルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、オクタデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、イソペンチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、sec-ペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、tert-オクチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボロニル基、4-デシルシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。また、炭素原子間にエーテル結合を含むアルキル基の具体例としては、-CH-O-CH、-CH-CH-O-CH-CH、-CH-CH-CH-O-CH-CH、-(CH-CH-O)-CH(ここでnは1から8である)、-(CH-CH-CH-O)-CH(ここでmは1から5である)、-CH-CH(CH)-O-CH-CH-、-CH-CH-(OCH及び以下に示す基が挙げられる。 The alkyl groups represented by ROX11 and ROX12 have preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. When the alkyl group has 2 or more carbon atoms, an ether bond may be contained between the carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl groups represented by ROX11 and ROX12 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group and octadecyl group. , Isopropyl group, isobutyl group, isopentyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, sec-pentyl group, tert-pentyl group, tert-octyl group, neopentyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group. , Adamantyl group, norbornyl group, boronyl group, 4-decylcyclohexyl group and the like. Specific examples of alkyl groups containing ether linkages between carbon atoms, -CH 2 -O-CH 3, -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2- O-CH 2 -CH 3 ,-(CH 2- CH 2- O) n- CH 3 (where n is 1 to 8),-(CH 2- CH 2- CH 2- O) m -CH 3 (wherein m is 5 1), - CH 2 -CH ( CH 3) -O-CH 2 -CH 3 -, - CH 2 -CH- (OCH 3) group shown in 2 and below Can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~18が好ましく、2~15がより好ましく、2~8が更に好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルケニル基の具体例としては、ビニル基、1-プロペニル基、アリル基、2-ブテニル基、3-ブテニル基、イソプロペニル基、イソブテニル基、1-ペンテニル基、2-ペンテニル基、3-ペンテニル基、4-ペンテニル基、1-ヘキセニル基、2-ヘキセニル基、3-ヘキセニル基、4-ヘキセニル基、5-ヘキセニル基、シクロペンテニル基、シクロヘキセニル基、1,3-ブタジエニル基、シクロヘキサジエニル基、シクロペンタジエニル基等が挙げられる。 The carbon number of the alkenyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 is preferably 2 to 18, more preferably 2 to 15, further preferably 2 to 8. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Specific examples of the alkenyl group include vinyl group, 1-propenyl group, allyl group, 2-butenyl group, 3-butenyl group, isopropenyl group, isobutenyl group, 1-pentenyl group, 2-pentenyl group and 3-pentenyl group. , 4-Pentenyl group, 1-hexenyl group, 2-hexenyl group, 3-hexenyl group, 4-hexenyl group, 5-hexenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, cyclohexadienyl group , Cyclopentadienyl group and the like.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は1~18が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルコキシ基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルコキシ基の炭素数が2以上の場合、炭素原子間にエーテル結合を含んでいてもよい。ROX11およびROX12が表すアルコキシ基の具体例としては、メチルオキシ基、エチルオキシ基、プロピルオキシ基、ブチルオキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、ヘプチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基、ノニルオキシ基、デシルオキシ基、ドデシルオキシ基、オクタデシルオキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、イソブチルオキシ基、イソペンチルオキシ基、sec-ブチルオキシ基、tert-ブチルオキシ基、sec-ペンチルオキシ基、tert-ペンチルオキシ基、tert-オクチルオキシ基、ネオペンチルオキシ基、シクロプロピルオキシ基、シクロブチルオキシ基、シクロペンチルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基、アダマンチルオキシ基、ノルボルニルオキシ基、ボロニルオキシ基、4-デシルシクロヘキシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。また、炭素原子間にエーテル結合を含むアルコキシ基の具体例としては、-O-CH-O-CH、-O-CH-CH-O-CH-CH、-O-CH-CH-CH-O-CH-CH、-O-(CH-CH-O)-CH(ここでnは1から8である)、-O-(CH-CH-CH-O)-CH(ここでmは1から5である)、-O-CH-CH(CH)-O-CH-CH-、-O-CH-CH-(OCH及び以下に示す基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
The alkoxy group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group may be linear, branched or cyclic. When the alkoxy group has two or more carbon atoms, an ether bond may be contained between the carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkoxy groups represented by ROX11 and ROX12 include methyloxy group, ethyloxy group, propyloxy group, butyloxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, octyloxy group, nonyloxy group and decyloxy group. , Dodecyloxy group, octadecyloxy group, isopropyloxy group, isobutyloxy group, isopentyloxy group, sec-butyloxy group, tert-butyloxy group, sec-pentyloxy group, tert-pentyloxy group, tert-octyloxy group, Examples thereof include neopentyloxy group, cyclopropyloxy group, cyclobutyloxy group, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group, adamantyloxy group, norbornyloxy group, boronyloxy group, 4-decylcyclohexyloxy group and the like. Specific examples of the alkoxy group having an ether bond between carbon atoms, -O-CH 2 -O-CH 3, -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 3, -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 3, ( a where n is from 1 8) -O- (CH 2 -CH 2 -O) n -CH 3, - O- (CH 2 -CH 2 is -CH 2 -O) m -CH 3 (wherein m is 5 1), - O-CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -O-CH 2 -CH 3 -, - O-CH 2- CH- (OCH 3 ) 2 and the groups shown below can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~24が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリール基の具体例としては、フェニル基、1-ナフチル基、2-ナフチル基、1-アンスリル基、9-アンスリル基、2-フェナントリル基、3-フェナントリル基、9-フェナントリル基、1-ピレニル基、5-ナフタセニル基、1-インデニル基、2-アズレニル基、1-アセナフチル基、2-フルオレニル基、9-フルオレニル基、3-ペリレニル基、o-トリル基、m-トリル基、p-トリル基、2,3-キシリル基、2,5-キシリル基、メシチル基、p-クメニル基、p-ドデシルフェニル基、p-シクロヘキシルフェニル基、4-ビフェニル基、o-フルオロフェニル基、m-クロロフェニル基、p-ブロモフェニル基、p-ヒドロキシフェニル基、m-カルボキシフェニル基、o-メルカプトフェニル基、p-シアノフェニル基、m-ニトロフェニル基、m-アジドフェニル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-anthrill group, a 9-anthrill group, a 2-phenanthryl group, a 3-phenanthryl group, a 9-phenanthryl group, and a 1-pyrenyl group. , 5-naphthacenyl group, 1-indenyl group, 2-azulenyl group, 1-acenaphthyl group, 2-fluorenyl group, 9-fluorenyl group, 3-perylenyl group, o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group , 2,3-xylyl group, 2,5-xylyl group, mesityl group, p-cumenyl group, p-dodecylphenyl group, p-cyclohexylphenyl group, 4-biphenyl group, o-fluorophenyl group, m-chlorophenyl group , P-bromophenyl group, p-hydroxyphenyl group, m-carboxyphenyl group, o-mercaptophenyl group, p-cyanophenyl group, m-nitrophenyl group, m-azidophenyl group and the like.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~24が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリールオキシ基の具体例としては、フェノキシ基、1ーナフチルオキシ基、2-ナフチルオキシ基、9-アンスリルオキシ基、9-フェナントリルオキシ基、1-ピレニルオキシ基、5-ナフタセニルオキシ基、1-インデニルオキシ基、2-アズレニルオキシ基、1-アセナフチルオキシ基、9-フルオレニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The aryloxy group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a naphthyloxy group, a 2-naphthyloxy group, a 9-anthryloxy group, a 9-phenanthryloxy group, a 1-pyrenyloxy group, and a 5-naphthacenyloxy group. Examples thereof include 1-indenyloxy group, 2-azulenyloxy group, 1-acenaphthyloxy group, 9-fluorenyloxy group and the like.
 ROX11およびROX12が表す複素環基および複素環オキシ基の複素環は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環は、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が好ましい。複素環の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環の環を構成する炭素原子の数は3~30が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12がより好ましい。
複素環基の具体例としては、2-チエニル基、2-ベンゾチエニル基、ナフト[2,3-b]チエニル基、3-チアントレニル基、2-チアンスレニル基、2-フリル基、2-ベンゾフリル基、ピラニル基、イソベンゾフラニル基、クロメニル基、キサンテニル基、フェノキサチイニル基、2H-ピロリル基、ピロリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、ピリジル基、ピラジニル基、ピリミジニル基、ピリダジニル基、インドリジニル基、イソインドリル基、3H-インドリル基、2-インドリル基、3-インドリル基、1H-インダゾリル基、プリニル基、4H-キノリジニル基、イソキノリル基、キノリル基、フタラジニル基、ナフチリジニル基、キノキサニリル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、プテリジニル基、4aH-カルバゾリル基、2-カルバゾリル基、3-カルバゾリル基、β-カルボリニル基、フェナントリジニル基、2-アクリジニル基、ペリミジニル基、フェナントロリニル基、フェナジニル基、フェナルサジニル基、イソチアゾリル基、フェノチアジニル基、イソキサゾリル基、フラザニル基、3-フェニキサジニル基、イソクロマニル基、クロマニル基、ピロリジニル基、ピロリニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、イミダゾリニル基、ピラゾリジニル基、ピラゾリニル基、ピペリジル基、ピペラジニル基、インドリニル基、イソインドリニル基、キヌクリジニル基、モルホリニル基、チオキサントリル基、4-キノリニル基、4-イソキノリル基、3-フェノチアジニル基、2-フェノキサチイニル基、3-クマリニル基等が挙げられる。複素環オキシ基の具体例としては、2-フラニルオキシ基、2-チエニルオキシ基、2-インドリルオキシ基、3-インドリルオキシ基、2-ベンゾフリルオキシ基、2-ベンゾチエニルオキシ基、2-カルバゾリルオキシ基、3-カルバゾリルオキシ基、4-カルバゾリルオキシ基、9-アクリジニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
The heterocyclic ring represented by ROX11 and ROX12 and the heterocyclic ring of the heterocyclic oxy group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocycle is preferably a single ring or a fused ring having 2 to 4 condensation numbers. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocycle is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocycle is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocycle is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
Specific examples of the heterocyclic group include 2-thienyl group, 2-benzothienyl group, naphtho [2,3-b] thienyl group, 3-thianthrenyl group, 2-thianthrenyl group, 2-furyl group and 2-benzofuryl group. , Pyranyl group, isobenzofuranyl group, chromenyl group, xanthenyl group, phenoxatiinyl group, 2H-pyrrolyl group, pyrrolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, pyridyl group, pyrazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, pyridadinyl group, indridinyl group , Isoindrill group, 3H-indrill group, 2-indrill group, 3-indrill group, 1H-indazolyl group, prynyl group, 4H-quinolinyl group, isoquinolyl group, quinolyl group, phthalazinyl group, naphthyldinyl group, quinoxanilyl group, quinazolinyl group, Synnolinyl group, pteridinyl group, 4aH-carbazolyl group, 2-carbazolyl group, 3-carbazolyl group, β-carbolinyl group, phenanthridinyl group, 2-acridinyl group, perimidinyl group, phenanthrolinyl group, phenazinyl group, phenalsadinyl Group, isothiazolyl group, phenothiazinyl group, isoxazolyl group, frazayl group, 3-phenylaxazinyl group, isochromanyl group, chromanyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, pyrrolinyl group, imidazolidinyl group, imidazolinyl group, pyrazolydinyl group, pyrazolinyl group, piperidyl group, piperazinyl group. Examples thereof include an indolinyl group, an isoindolinyl group, a quinuclidinyl group, a morpholinyl group, a thioxanthril group, a 4-quinolinyl group, a 4-isoquinolyl group, a 3-phenothiazinyl group, a 2-phenoxatyynyl group and a 3-cummarinyl group. Specific examples of the heterocyclic oxy group include 2-furanyloxy group, 2-thienyloxy group, 2-indrilloxy group, 3-indrilloxy group, 2-benzofuryloxy group, 2-benzothienyloxy group, 2 -Carbazolyloxy group, 3-carbazolyloxy group, 4-carbazolyloxy group, 9-acridinyloxy group and the like can be mentioned.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアルキルスルファニル基の炭素数は1~18が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキルスルファニル基は、直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。アルキルスルファニル基の具体例としては、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、プロピルチオ基、ブチルチオ基、ペンチルチオ基、ヘキシルチオ基、オクチルチオ基、デシルチオ基、ドデシルチオ基、オクタデシルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The alkylsulfanyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkylsulfanyl group may be linear or branched. Specific examples of the alkylsulfanyl group include methylthio group, ethylthio group, propylthio group, butylthio group, pentylthio group, hexylthio group, octylthio group, decylthio group, dodecylthio group, octadecylthio group and the like.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアリールスルファニル基の炭素数は6~18が好ましい。アリールスルファニル基の具体例としては、フェニルチオ基、1-ナフチルチオ基、2-ナフチルチオ基、9-アンスリルチオ基、9-フェナントリルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The arylsulfanyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the arylsulfanyl group include a phenylthio group, a 1-naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group, a 9-anthrylthio group, a 9-phenanthrylthio group and the like.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアルキルスルフィニル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキルスルフィニル基は、直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。アルキルスルフィニル基の具体例としては、メチルスルフィニル基、エチルスルフィニル基、プロピルスルフィニル基、イソプロピルスルフィニル基、ブチルスルフィニル基、ヘキシルスルフィニル基、シクロヘキシルスルフィニル基、オクチルスルフィニル基、2-エチルヘキシルスルフィニル基、デカノイルスルフィニル基、ドデカノイルスルフィニル基、オクタデカノイルスルフィニル基、シアノメチルスルフィニル基、メチルオキシメチルスルフィニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkylsulfinyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkylsulfinyl group may be linear or branched. Specific examples of the alkylsulfinyl group include methylsulfinyl group, ethylsulfinyl group, propylsulfinyl group, isopropylsulfinyl group, butylsulfinyl group, hexylsulfinyl group, cyclohexylsulfinyl group, octylsulfinyl group, 2-ethylhexylsulfinyl group, and decanoysulfinyl group. Examples thereof include a group, a dodecanoylsulfinyl group, an octadecanoylsulfinyl group, a cyanomethylsulfinyl group, and a methyloxymethylsulfinyl group.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアリールスルフィニル基の炭素数は6~30が好ましい。アリールスルフィニル基の具体例としては、フェニルスルフィニル基、1-ナフチルスルフィニル基、2-ナフチルスルフィニル基、2-クロロフェニルスルフィニル基、2-メチルフェニルスルフィニル基、2-メチルオキシフェニルスルフィニル基、2-ブチルオキシフェニルスルフィニル基、3-クロロフェニルスルフィニル基、3-トリフルオロメチルフェニルスルフィニル基、3-シアノフェニルスルフィニル基、3-ニトロフェニルスルフィニル基、4-フルオロフェニルスルフィニル基、4-シアノフェニルスルフィニル基、4-メチルオキシフェニルスルフィニル基、4-メチルスルファニルフェニルスルフィニル基、4-フェニルスルファニルフェニルスルフィニル基、4-ジメチルアミノフェニルスルフィニル基等が挙げられる。 The arylsulfinyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the arylsulfinyl group include phenylsulfinyl group, 1-naphthylsulfinyl group, 2-naphthylsulfinyl group, 2-chlorophenylsulfinyl group, 2-methylphenylsulfinyl group, 2-methyloxyphenylsulfinyl group and 2-butyloxy. Phenylsulfinyl group, 3-chlorophenylsulfinyl group, 3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfinyl group, 3-cyanophenylsulfinyl group, 3-nitrophenylsulfinyl group, 4-fluorophenylsulfinyl group, 4-cyanophenylsulfinyl group, 4-methyl Examples thereof include an oxyphenylsulfinyl group, a 4-methylsulfanylphenylsulfinyl group, a 4-phenylsulfanylphenylsulfinyl group, and a 4-dimethylaminophenylsulfinyl group.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアルキルスルホニル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキルスルホニル基は、直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。アルキルスルホニル基の具体例としては、メチルスルホニル基、エチルスルホニル基、プロピルスルホニル基、イソプロピルスルホニル基、ブチルスルホニル基、ヘキシルスルホニル基、シクロヘキシルスルホニル基、オクチルスルホニル基、2-エチルヘキシルスルホニル基、デカノイルスルホニル基、ドデカノイルスルホニル基、オクタデカノイルスルホニル基、シアノメチルスルホニル基、メチルオキシメチルスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkylsulfonyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkylsulfonyl group may be linear or branched. Specific examples of the alkylsulfonyl group include a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a propylsulfonyl group, an isopropylsulfonyl group, a butylsulfonyl group, a hexylsulfonyl group, a cyclohexylsulfonyl group, an octylsulfonyl group, a 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl group, and a decanoyylsulfonyl group. Examples thereof include a group, a dodecanoylsulfonyl group, an octadecanoylsulfonyl group, a cyanomethylsulfonyl group, and a methyloxymethylsulfonyl group.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアリールスルホニル基の炭素数は6~30が好ましい。アリールスルホニル基の具体例としては、フェニルスルホニル基、1-ナフチルスルホニル基、2-ナフチルスルホニル基、2-クロロフェニルスルホニル基、2-メチルフェニルスルホニル基、2-メチルオキシフェニルスルホニル基、2-ブチルオキシフェニルスルホニル基、3-クロロフェニルスルホニル基、3-トリフルオロメチルフェニルスルホニル基、3-シアノフェニルスルホニル基、3-ニトロフェニルスルホニル基、4-フルオロフェニルスルホニル基、4-シアノフェニルスルホニル基、4-メチルオキシフェニルスルホニル基、4-メチルスルファニルフェニルスルホニル基、4-フェニルスルファニルフェニルスルホニル基、4-ジメチルアミノフェニルスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 The arylsulfonyl group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the arylsulfonyl group include a phenylsulfonyl group, a 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, a 2-naphthylsulfonyl group, a 2-chlorophenylsulfonyl group, a 2-methylphenylsulfonyl group, a 2-methyloxyphenylsulfonyl group, and a 2-butyloxy group. Phenylsulfonyl group, 3-chlorophenylsulfonyl group, 3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl group, 3-cyanophenylsulfonyl group, 3-nitrophenylsulfonyl group, 4-fluorophenylsulfonyl group, 4-cyanophenylsulfonyl group, 4-methyl Examples thereof include an oxyphenylsulfonyl group, a 4-methylsulfanylphenylsulfonyl group, a 4-phenylsulfanylphenylsulfonyl group, and a 4-dimethylaminophenylsulfonyl group.
 ROX11が表すアシル基としては、カルボニル基に、水素原子、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数2~18のアルケニル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~18アリール基、炭素数6~18アリールオキシ基または複素環基が結合した基が挙げられる。アシル基の具体例としては、ホルミル基、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブチリル基、イソブチリル基、バレリル基、イソバレリル基、ピバロイル基、ラウロイル基、ミリストイル基、パルミトイル基、ステアロイル基、シクロペンチルカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルカルボニル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、クロトノイル基、イソクロトノイル基、オレオイル基、シンナモイル基ベンゾイル基、メチルオキシカルボニル基、エチルオキシカルボニル基、プロピルオキシカルボニル基、ブチルオキシカルボニル基、ヘキシルオキシカルボニル基、オクチルオキシカルボニル基、デシルオキシカルボニル基、オクタデシルオキシカルボニル基、トリフルオロメチルオキシカルボニル基、ベンゾイル基、トルオイル基、1-ナフトイル基、2-ナフトイル基、9-アンスリルカルボニル基、フェニルオキシカルボニル基、4-メチルフェニルオキシカルボニル基、3-ニトロフェニルオキシカルボニル基、4-ジメチルアミノフェニルオキシカルボニル基、2-メチルスルファニルフェニルオキシカルボニル基、1-ナフトイルオキシカルボニル基、2-ナフトイルオキシカルボニル基、9-アンスルリルオキシカルボニル基、3-フロイル基、2-テノイル基、ニコチノイル基、イソニコチノイル基等が挙げられる。 The acyl group represented by ROX11 includes a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms in the carbonyl group. , 6-18 aryloxy groups or groups to which a heterocyclic group is bonded can be mentioned. Specific examples of the acyl group include a formyl group, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, an isobutyryl group, a valeryl group, an isovaleryl group, a pivaloyl group, a lauroyl group, a myritoyl group, a palmitoyl group, a stearoyl group, a cyclopentylcarbonyl group and a cyclohexylcarbonyl group. Group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, crotonoyl group, isocrotonoyl group, oleoyl group, cinnamoyl group benzoyl group, methyloxycarbonyl group, ethyloxycarbonyl group, propyloxycarbonyl group, butyloxycarbonyl group, hexyloxycarbonyl group, octyloxy Carbonyl group, decyloxycarbonyl group, octadecyloxycarbonyl group, trifluoromethyloxycarbonyl group, benzoyl group, toluoil group, 1-naphthoyl group, 2-naphthoyl group, 9-anthrylcarbonyl group, phenyloxycarbonyl group, 4- Methylphenyloxycarbonyl group, 3-nitrophenyloxycarbonyl group, 4-dimethylaminophenyloxycarbonyl group, 2-methylsulfanylphenyloxycarbonyl group, 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, 2-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, 9- Examples thereof include an sulfyloxycarbonyl group, a 3-fluoroyl group, a 2-tenoyl group, a nicotinoyyl group, and an isonicotinoyl group.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアシルオキシ基の炭素数は2~20が好ましい。アシルオキシ基の具体例としては、アセチルオキシ基、プロパノイルオキシ基、ブタノイルオキシ基、ペンタノイルオキシ基、トリフルオロメチルカルボニルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、1-ナフチルカルボニルオキシ基、2-ナフチルカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The acyloxy group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the acyloxy group include an acetyloxy group, a propanoyloxy group, a butanoyloxy group, a pentanoyloxy group, a trifluoromethylcarbonyloxy group, a benzoyloxy group, a 1-naphthylcarbonyloxy group, and a 2-naphthylcarbonyloxy group. The group etc. can be mentioned.
 ROX11およびROX12が表すアミノ基としては、-NH、アルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルキルアリールアミノ基、ベンジルアミノ基、ジベンジルアミノ基等が挙げられる。アルキルアミノ基としては、メチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、プロピルアミノ基、ブチルアミノ基、ペンチルアミノ基、ヘキシルアミノ基、ヘプチルアミノ基、オクチルアミノ基、ノニルアミノ基、デシルアミノ基、ドデシルアミノ基、オクタデシルアミノ基、イソプロピルアミノ基、イソブチルアミノ基、イソペンチルアミノ基、sec-ブチルアミノ基、tert-ブチルアミノ基、sec-ペンチルアミノ基、tert-ペンチルアミノ基、tert-オクチルアミノ基、ネオペンチルアミノ基、シクロプロピルアミノ基、シクロブチルアミノ基、シクロペンチルアミノ基、シクロヘキシルアミノ基、シクロヘプチルアミノ基、シクロオクチルアミノ基、シクロドデシルアミノ基、1-アダマンタミノ基、2-アダマンタミノ基等が挙げられる。ジアルキルアミノ基としては、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジプロピルアミノ基、ジブチルアミノ基、ジペンチルアミノ基、ジヘキシルアミノ基、ジヘプチルアミノ基、ジオクチルアミノ基、ジノニルアミノ基、ジデシルアミノ基、ジドデシルアミノ基、ジオクタデシルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基、ジイソブチルアミノ基、ジイソペンチルアミノ基、メチルエチルアミノ基、メチルプロピルアミノ基、メチルブチルアミノ基、メチルイソブチルアミノ基、シクロプロピルアミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、ピペラジノ基等が挙げられる。アリールアミノ基としては、アニリノ基、1-ナフチルアミノ基、2-ナフチルアミノ基、o-トルイジノ基、m-トルイジノ基、p-トルイジノ基、2-ビフェニルアミノ基、3-ビフェニルアミノ基、4-ビフェニルアミノ基、1-フルオレンアミノ基、2-フルオレンアミノ基、2-チアゾールアミノ基、p-ターフェニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。ジアリールアミノ基としては、ジフェニルアミノ基、ジトリルアミノ基、N-フェニル-1-ナフチルアミノ基、N-フェニル-2-ナフチルアミノ基等が挙げられる。アルキルアリールアミノ基としては、N-メチルアニリノ基、N-メチル-2-ピリジノ基、N-エチルアニリノ基、N-プロピルアニリノ基、N-ブチルアニリノ基、N-イソプロピル、N-ペンチルアニリノ基、N-エチルアニリノ基、N-メチル-1-ナフチルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the amino group represented by ROX11 and ROX12 include -NH 2 , an alkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, an arylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkylarylamino group, a benzylamino group, a dibenzylamino group and the like. Alkylamino groups include methylamino group, ethylamino group, propylamino group, butylamino group, pentylamino group, hexylamino group, heptylamino group, octylamino group, nonylamino group, decylamino group, dodecylamino group and octadecylamino group. Group, isopropylamino group, isobutylamino group, isopentylamino group, sec-butylamino group, tert-butylamino group, sec-pentylamino group, tert-pentylamino group, tert-octylamino group, neopentylamino group, Cyclopropylamino group, cyclobutylamino group, cyclopentylamino group, cyclohexylamino group, cycloheptylamino group, cyclooctylamino group, cyclododecylamino group, 1-adamantamino group, 2-adamantamino group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the dialkylamino group include dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, dibutylamino group, dipentylamino group, dihexylamino group, diheptylamino group, dioctylamino group, dinonylamino group, didecylamino group and didodecylamino group. Dioctadecylamino group, diisopropylamino group, diisobutylamino group, diisopentylamino group, methylethylamino group, methylpropylamino group, methylbutylamino group, methylisobutylamino group, cyclopropylamino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, Examples include the piperazino group. As the arylamino group, anilino group, 1-naphthylamino group, 2-naphthylamino group, o-toluidino group, m-toluidino group, p-toluidino group, 2-biphenylamino group, 3-biphenylamino group, 4- Examples thereof include a biphenylamino group, a 1-fluoreneamino group, a 2-fluoreneamino group, a 2-thiazoleamino group, a p-terphenylamino group and the like. Examples of the diarylamino group include a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, an N-phenyl-1-naphthylamino group, an N-phenyl-2-naphthylamino group and the like. Examples of the alkylarylamino group include N-methylanilino group, N-methyl-2-pyridino group, N-ethylanilino group, N-propylanilino group, N-butylanilino group, N-isopropyl, N-pentylanilino group and N. -Ethylanilino group, N-methyl-1-naphthylamino group and the like can be mentioned.
 ROX11が表すホスフィノイル基の炭素数は2~50が好ましい。ホスフィノイル基の具体例としては、ジメチルホスフィノイル基、ジエチルホスフィノイル基、ジプロピルホスフィノイル基、ジフェニルホスフィノイル基、ジメトキシホスフィノイル基、ジエトキシホスフィノイル基、ジベンゾイルホスフィノイル基、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル)ホスフィノイル基等が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the phosphinoyl groups R OX11 represent may have 2 to 50 preferred. Specific examples of the phosphinoyl group include a dimethylphosphinoyl group, a diethylphosphinoyl group, a dipropylphosphinoyl group, a diphenylphosphinoyl group, a dimethoxyphosphinoyl group, a diethoxyphosphinoyl group, and a dibenzoylphosphino. Examples thereof include an yl group and a bis (2,4,6-trimethylphenyl) phosphinoyl group.
 ROX11が表すカルバモイル基の炭素数は2~30が好ましい。カルバモイル基の具体例としては、N-メチルカルバモイル基、N-エチルカルバモイル基、N-プロピルカルバモイル基、N-ブチルカルバモイル基、N-ヘキシルカルバモイル基、N-シクロヘキシルカルバモイル基、N-オクチルカルバモイル基、N-デシルカルバモイル基、N-オクタデシルカルバモイル基、N-フェニルカルバモイル基、N-2-メチルフェニルカルバモイル基、N-2-クロロフェニルカルバモイル基、N-2-イソプロポキシフェニルカルバモイル基、N-2-(2-エチルヘキシル)フェニルカルバモイル基、N-3-クロロフェニルカルバモイル基、N-3-ニトロフェニルカルバモイル基、N-3-シアノフェニルカルバモイル基、N-4-メトキシフェニルカルバモイル基、N-4-シアノフェニルカルバモイル基、N-4-メチルスルファニルフェニルカルバモイル基、N-4-フェニルスルファニルフェニルカルバモイル基、N-メチル-N-フェニルカルバモイル基、N、N-ジメチルカルバモイル基、N、N-ジブチルカルバモイル基、N、N-ジフェニルカルバモイル基等が挙げられる。 The carbamoyl group represented by ROX11 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the carbamoyl group include N-methylcarbamoyl group, N-ethylcarbamoyl group, N-propylcarbamoyl group, N-butylcarbamoyl group, N-hexylcarbamoyl group, N-cyclohexylcarbamoyl group, N-octylcarbamoyl group, and the like. N-decylcarbamoyl group, N-octadecylcarbamoyl group, N-phenylcarbamoyl group, N-2-methylphenylcarbamoyl group, N-2-chlorophenylcarbamoyl group, N-2-isopropoxyphenylcarbamoyl group, N-2-( 2-Ethylhexyl) Phenylcarbamoyl group, N-3-chlorophenylcarbamoyl group, N-3-nitrophenylcarbamoyl group, N-3-cyanophenylcarbamoyl group, N-4-methoxyphenylcarbamoyl group, N-4-cyanophenylcarbamoyl group Group, N-4-methylsulfanylphenylcarbamoyl group, N-4-phenylsulfanylphenylcarbamoyl group, N-methyl-N-phenylcarbamoyl group, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-dibutylcarbamoyl group, N, Examples thereof include an N-diphenylcarbamoyl group.
 ROX11が表すスルファモイル基の炭素数は0~30が好ましい。スルファモイル基の具体例としては、スルファモイル基、N-アルキルスルファモイル基、N-アリールスルファモイル基、N、N-ジアルキルスルファモイル基、N、N-ジアリールスルファモイル基、N-アルキル-N-アリールスルファモオイル基等が挙げられる。より具体的には、N-メチルスルファモイル基、N-エチルスルファモイル基、N-プロピルスルファモイル基、N-ブチルスルファモイル基、N-ヘキシルスルファモイル基、N-シクロヘキシルスルファモイル基、N-オクチルスルファモイル基、N-2-エチルヘキシルスルファモイル基、N-デシルスルファモイル基、N-オクタデシルスルファモイル基、N-フェニルスルファモイル基、N-2-メチルフェニルスルファモイル基、N-2-クロロフェニルスルファモイル基、N-2-メトキシフェニルスルファモイル基、N-2-イソプロポキシフェニルスルファモイル基、N-3-クロロフェニルスルファモイル基、N-3-ニトロフェニルスルファモイル基、N-3-シアノフェニルスルファモイル基、N-4-メトキシフェニルスルファモイル基、N-4-シアノフェニルスルファモイル基、N-4-ジメチルアミノフェニルスルファモイル基、N-4-メチルスルファニルフェニルスルファモイル基、N-4-フェニルスルファニルフェニルスルファモイル基、N-メチル-N-フェニルスルファモイル基、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル基、N,N-ジブチルスルファモイル基、N,N-ジフェニルスルファモイル基等が挙げられる。 The sulfamoyl group represented by ROX11 preferably has 0 to 30 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the sulfamoyl group include a sulfamoyl group, an N-alkyl sulfamoyl group, an N-aryl sulfamoyl group, an N, N-dialkyl sulfamoyl group, an N, N-diaryl sulfamoyl group, and an N-alkyl group. -N-aryl sulfamo oil group and the like can be mentioned. More specifically, N-methylsulfamoyl group, N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N-propylsulfamoyl group, N-butylsulfamoyl group, N-hexylsulfamoyl group, N-cyclohexylsul. Famoyl group, N-octyl sulfamoyl group, N-2-ethylhexyl sulfamoyl group, N-decyl sulfamoyl group, N-octadecyl sulfamoyl group, N-phenyl sulfamoyl group, N-2- Methylphenyl sulfamoyl group, N-2-chlorophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-2-methoxyphenyl sulfamoyl group, N-2-isopropoxyphenyl sulfamoyl group, N-3-chlorophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-3-nitrophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-3-cyanophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-4-methoxyphenyl sulfamoyl group, N-4-cyanophenyl sulfamoyl group, N-4-dimethylamino Phenylsulfamoyl group, N-4-methylsulfanylphenylsulfamoyl group, N-4-phenylsulfanylphenylsulfamoyl group, N-methyl-N-phenylsulfamoyl group, N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl Examples include groups, N, N-dibutylsulfamoyl groups, N, N-diphenylsulfamoyl groups and the like.
 式(OR-11)および式(OR-11)において、波線は結合手を表す。式(OR-11)における波線の位置、式(OR-12)における波線の位置にて、オキシム化合物OXを構成する他の原子団と結合してオキシム化合物OXを構成する。 In the equation (OR-11) and the equation (OR-11), the wavy line represents the bond. At the position of the wavy line in the formula (OR-11) and the position of the wavy line in the formula (OR-12), the oxime compound OX is formed by combining with other atomic groups constituting the oxime compound OX.
 オキシム化合物OXは、式(OX1)で表される化合物および式(OX2)で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、より密着性に優れた膜を形成できるという理由から式(OX2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式中、RX1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
 RX2は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
 RX3~RX14は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す;
 ただし、RX10~RX14のうち少なくとも一つは、電子求引性基である。
The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compound represented by the formula (OX1) and the compound represented by the formula (OX2), and the formula is because a film having better adhesion can be formed. It is more preferable that the compound is represented by (OX2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
In the formula, RX1 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group. Represents a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group.
RX2 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl. Represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group
R X3 ~ R X14 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent independently;
Provided that at least one of R X10 ~ R X14 is an electron withdrawing group.
 上記式において、RX1は、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基または複素環基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基であることがより好ましく、アルキル基であることが更に好ましい。また、RX2は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基またはアシルオキシ基が好ましく、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基または複素環基であることがより好ましく、アルキル基であることが更に好ましい。 In the above formula, RX1 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is an alkyl group. Is even more preferable. Further, RX2 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group or an acyloxy group, and is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is more preferably an alkyl group.
 上記式のRX1は、上述した式(OR-11)および式(OR-12)におけるROX11と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 R X1 in the above formula has the same meaning as R OX11 in the above-mentioned formula (OR-11) and formula (OR-12), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 上記式のRX2は、上述した式(OR-11)および式(OR-12)におけるROX12と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 RX3~RX14は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
R X2 in the above formula has the same meaning as R OX12 in the above-mentioned formula (OR-11) and formula (OR-12), and preferred ranges are also the same.
R X3 ~ R X14 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent independently.
 RX3~RX9が表す置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基、上記式(OR-11)で表される基および上記式(OR-12)で表される基が挙げられる。 The substituent represented by R X3 ~ R X9, group selected from the group of substituents T mentioned above, a group represented by the formula group and the formula represented by (OR-11) (OR- 12) Can be mentioned.
 RX3~RX5は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基、またはアミノ基であることが好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、ニトロ基、アルキル基またはアリール基であることが更に好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基およびアミノ基としては上述したROX11が表すこれらの基として説明した基が挙げられる。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基およびアミノ基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。さらなる置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。 RX3 to RX5 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl. It is preferably a group, an arylsulfanyl group, an acyl group, or an amino group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, or an alkyl. It is more preferably a group or an aryl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. Alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group are as these groups represented by ROX11 described above. The groups described are mentioned. The alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group may further have a substituent. Further examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 RX6~RX10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アミノ基、上記式(OR-11)で表される基または上記式(OR-12)で表される基であることが好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基またはアミノ基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、シアノ基、アルキル基またはアリール基であることが更に好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基であることがより一層好ましく、水素原子またはアルキル基であることが更に一層好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基およびアミノ基としては上述したROX11が表すこれらの基として説明した基が挙げられる。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基およびアミノ基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。さらなる置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。 RX6 to RX10 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, aryl. Sulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, amino group, group represented by the above formula (OR-11) or group represented by the above formula (OR-12). Is preferable, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or an amino group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group or an aryl group is further preferable, and hydrogen is more preferable. It is even more preferably an atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, even more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. Alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group and amino Examples of the group include the groups described as these groups represented by the above-mentioned ROX11. Alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group and amino The group may further have a substituent. Further examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 RX10~RX14が表す置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基および上述した電子求引性基が挙げられる。ただし、RX10~RX14のうち少なくとも一つは、電子求引性基である。
 RX10~RX14が表す置換基は、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基、アミノ基であることが好ましい。アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基、アミノ基としては上述したROX11が表すこれらの基として説明した基が挙げられる。アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基およびアミノ基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。さらなる置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。
The substituents R X10 ~ R X14 represent include groups and electron withdrawing groups described above are selected from the group of substituents T mentioned above. Provided that at least one of R X10 ~ R X14 is an electron withdrawing group.
Substituents represented by R X10 ~ R X14 is a nitro group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an aryl It is preferably a sulfanyl group, an acyl group, or an amino group. As an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an acyl group, and an amino group, as these groups represented by ROX11 described above. The groups described are mentioned. The alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkenyl group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group may further have a substituent. Further examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 また、RX10~RX14が表す電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基およびニトロ基が好ましく、より耐光性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由からアシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられ、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基またはアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基およびアミノ基としては上述したROX11が表すこれらの基として説明した基が挙げられる。 As the electron withdrawing group represented by R X10 ~ R X14, an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group, Acyl groups and nitro groups are preferable, and acyl groups are more preferable, and benzoyl groups are even more preferable, because it is easy to form a film having more excellent light resistance. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T, which includes a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group and a complex. It is preferably a ring oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkyl sulfanyl group, an aryl sulfanyl group, an acyl group or an amino group, preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryl oxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkyl sulfanyl group or an aryl sulfanyl. It is more preferably a group or an amino group, and even more preferably an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group or an amino group. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. Alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkenyl group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, acyl group and amino group are as these groups represented by ROX11 described above. The groups described are mentioned.
 上記式において、RX12が電子求引性基であり、RX10、RX11、RX13、RX14は水素原子であることが好ましい。 In the above formulas, R X12 is an electron withdrawing group, it is preferred that R X10, R X11, R X13 , R X14 is a hydrogen atom.
 オキシム化合物OXの具体例としては、下記構造の化合物、および、特許第4600600号公報の段落番号0083~0105に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include compounds having the following structure and compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 本発明の着色組成物に含まれる光重合開始剤は、上述したオキシム化合物OX以外の他の光重合開始剤(以下、他の光重合開始剤ともいう)をさらに含んでいてもよい。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a photopolymerization initiator other than the above-mentioned oxime compound OX (hereinafter, also referred to as another photopolymerization initiator).
 他の光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられ、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、開始剤効率が高いという理由からオキシム化合物またはα-アミノケトン化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、他の光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Other photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (eg, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, etc. Examples include thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, etc., trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds. , Phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxaziazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds. It is more preferable that the compound is selected from the oxime compound, the α-hydroxyketone compound, the α-aminoketone compound, and the acylphosphine compound, and the oxime compound or the α-aminoketone compound is high because of the high initiator efficiency. It is more preferably a compound. Examples of other photopolymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and JP-A-6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019 Peroxide-based Photopolymerization Initiator, International Publication No. 2018/221177, Photopolymerization Initiator, International Publication No. 2018/110179, Photopolymerization Initiator, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-043864 Examples thereof include the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030 and the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacare 1173, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacare 907, Irgacare 369, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irgar (Made) and so on. Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
 他の光重合開始剤として用いられるオキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。他の光重合開始剤として用いられるオキシム化合物の市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime compound used as another photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, and the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166. J. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385. Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-534977, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6065596, International Publication No. 2015 The compound described in / 152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, Examples thereof include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515. Other commercially available oxime compounds used as photopolymerization initiators include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), and TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by BASF). ).
 他の光重合開始剤として用いられるオキシム化合物としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As another oxime compound used as a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
 他の光重合開始剤として用いられるオキシム化合物としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As another oxime compound used as a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 他の光重合開始剤として用いられるオキシム化合物としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 As the oxime compound used as another photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. Compound (C-3) and the like.
 他の光重合開始剤として用いられるオキシム化合物としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 As another oxime compound used as a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
 他の光重合開始剤として用いられるオキシム化合物としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As another oxime compound used as a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 着色組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましく、1.5質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下が好ましく、15質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and further preferably 1.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
 着色組成物の全固形分中におけるオキシム化合物OXの含有量は0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下が好ましく、15質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the oxime compound OX in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
 着色組成物に含まれる光重合開始剤の全質量中におけるオキシム化合物OXの含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、35~100質量%であることがより好ましく、40~100質量%であることが更に好ましく、50~100質量%であることがより一層好ましく、60~100質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the oxime compound OX in the total mass of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 35 to 100% by mass, and 40 to 100% by mass. %, More preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 60 to 100% by mass.
 着色組成物に含まれる光重合開始剤の好ましい一態様として光重合開始剤が実質的にオキシム化合物OXのみである態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、顔料DPPとの相互作用が強く、加熱による結晶析出をより効果的に抑制できる。なお、本明細書において、光重合開始剤が実質的にオキシム化合物OXのみである場合とは、光重合開始剤の全質量中におけるオキシム化合物OXの含有量が99質量%以上であることを意味し、99.9質量%以上であることが好ましく、光重合開始剤がオキシム化合物OXのみであることがより好ましい。 A preferred embodiment of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition is an embodiment in which the photopolymerization initiator is substantially only the oxime compound OX. According to this aspect, the interaction with the pigment DPP is strong, and crystal precipitation due to heating can be suppressed more effectively. In the present specification, the case where the photopolymerization initiator is substantially only the oxime compound OX means that the content of the oxime compound OX in the total mass of the photopolymerization initiator is 99% by mass or more. However, it is preferably 99.9% by mass or more, and more preferably the oxime compound OX is the only photopolymerization initiator.
 着色組成物に含まれる光重合開始剤の他の好ましい態様として光重合開始剤がオキシム化合物OXと、オキシム化合物OX以外の他の光重合開始剤とを含む態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、膜をより均一に硬化させやすく、膜全体の硬化性をより向上できる。この態様において、他の光重合開始剤としては、開始剤効率が高いという理由からオキシム化合物およびα-アミノケトン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。また、他の光重合開始剤の含有量は、オキシム化合物OXの100質量部に対して10~200質量部であることが好ましく、20~100質量部であることがより好ましく、30~80質量部であることが更に好ましい。 Another preferred embodiment of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition is an embodiment in which the photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime compound OX and another photopolymerization initiator other than the oxime compound OX. According to this aspect, it is easy to cure the film more uniformly, and the curability of the entire film can be further improved. In this embodiment, the other photopolymerization initiator is preferably at least one selected from an oxime compound and an α-aminoketone compound because of its high initiator efficiency. The content of the other photopolymerization initiator is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 100 parts by mass, and 30 to 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the oxime compound OX. It is more preferably a part.
<<重合性化合物>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、重合性化合物を含有する。重合性化合物としては、ラジカル、酸または熱により架橋可能な公知の化合物を用いることができる。本発明において、重合性化合物は、例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、(メタ)アクリロイルアミド基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基であることが好ましい。本発明で用いられる重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<< Polymerizable compound >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, a known compound that can be crosslinked by radicals, acids or heat can be used. In the present invention, the polymerizable compound is preferably, for example, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. As the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group includes a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. Examples thereof include an amide group, and a (meth) acryloyloxy group is preferable. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物としては、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよいが、モノマーが好ましい。重合性化合物の分子量は、100~3000が好ましい。上限は、2000以下がより好ましく、1500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、150以上がより好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, or an oligomer, but a monomer is preferable. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3000. The upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~15個含む化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~6個含む化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. It is more preferable that the compound contains 3 to 6 containing groups. The polymerizable compound is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having 3 to 15 functionalities, and more preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having 3 to 6 functionalities. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include paragraph numbers 0905 to 0108 of JP2009-288705A, paragraphs 0227 of JP2013-209760A, paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970, and JP-A-2008-292970. The compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-253224, paragraph numbers 0477 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891 and Japanese Patent No. 6031807 are These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
 重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。また、重合性化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 As polymerizable compounds, dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320) ; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (commercially available) KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and these (meth) acryloyl groups via ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol residues. Compounds with a bound structure (eg, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer) are preferred. As polymerizable compounds, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ester A) -TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) , NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), light acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. are used. You can also do it.
 また、重合性化合物には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることもできる。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, and isocyanurate ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate. Trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds such as pentaerythritol trimethylolpropane (meth) acrylate can also be used. Commercially available trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
 また、重合性化合物には、酸基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。酸基を有する重合性化合物を用いることで、現像時に未露光部の重合性化合物が除去されやすく、現像残渣の発生を抑制できる。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基等が挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸基を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。酸基を有する重合性化合物の好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、より好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。重合性化合物の酸価が0.1mgKOH/g以上であれば、現像液に対する溶解性が良好であり、40mgKOH/g以下であれば、製造や取扱い上、有利である。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, a compound having an acid group can also be used. By using a polymerizable compound having an acid group, the polymerizable compound in the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residue can be suppressed. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxyl group is preferable. Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include Aronix M-510, M-520, and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). The preferable acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the solubility in a developing solution is good, and when it is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling.
 また、重合性化合物には、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120(以上、日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure include KAYARAD DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 また、重合性化合物には、アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物は、エチレンオキシ基および/またはプロピレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物がより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物がさらに好ましい。アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬(株)製のイソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group can also be used. As the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group, a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable, and 3 to 3 having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. A hexafunctional (meth) acrylate compound is more preferred. Commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and isobutyleneoxy group manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Examples thereof include KAYARAD TPA-330, which is a trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three elements.
 また、重合性化合物には、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., a (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 重合性化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene. Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 着色組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は0.1~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下が更に好ましい。重合性化合物は、1種単独であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を併用する場合は、それらの合計が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, further preferably 30% by mass or less. The polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used in combination, it is preferable that the total of them is in the above range.
<<樹脂>>
 本発明の着色組成物は樹脂を含有する。樹脂は、例えば、顔料を着色組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料を着色組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
<< Resin >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing the pigment in the coloring composition or for the purpose of a binder. The resin mainly used for dispersing the pigment in the coloring composition is also referred to as a dispersant. However, such an application of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such an application.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、3000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2000 to 2000000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 Examples of the resin include (meth) acrylic resin, epoxy resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide resin. Examples thereof include polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, and styrene resin. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed and used.
 本発明の着色組成物は、酸基を有する樹脂を含むことも好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。本発明の着色組成物が酸基を有する樹脂を含有することにより、アルカリ現像によって所望のパターンを形成できる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. These acid groups may be only one kind or two or more kinds. The resin having an acid group can also be used as a dispersant. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin having an acid group, a desired pattern can be formed by alkaline development. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
 本発明の着色組成物は、塩基性基を有する樹脂を含むことも好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有する共重合体であることがより好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と、塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、5~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂に含まれる塩基性基としては、式(a-1)で表される基、式(a-2)で表される基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin having a basic group. The resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, and a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group. A polymer is more preferable, and a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group is further preferable. A resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant. The amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less. Examples of the basic group contained in the resin having a basic group include a group represented by the formula (a-1) and a group represented by the formula (a-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(a-1)中、Ra1およびRa2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、Ra1とRa2とは結合して環を形成していてもよい;
 式(a-2)中、Ra11は、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基またはオキシラジカルを表し、Ra12~Ra19は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
In formula (a-1), Ra1 and Ra2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Ra1 and Ra2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring;
Wherein (a-2), R a11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxy radical, R a12 ~ R a19 are each independently , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group.
 Ra1、Ra2、Ra11~Ra19が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。 R a1, R a2, R a11 number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by ~ R a19 is 1-30, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, particularly preferably 1-5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 Ra1、Ra2、Ra11~Ra19が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。 R a1, R a2, R a11 ~ number of carbon atoms of the aryl group R a19 represents is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 Ra11が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましい。アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group R a11 represents 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1-8, particularly preferably 1-5. The alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 Ra11が表すアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリールオキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。 The aryloxy group represented by Ra11 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 Ra11が表すアシル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~12が更に好ましい。アシル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tの群から選ばれる基が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the acyl group R a11 represents from 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, 2 to 12 is more preferred. The acyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a group selected from the above-mentioned group of substituent T.
 塩基性基を有する樹脂の市販品としては、DISPERBYK-161、162、163、164、166、167、168、174、182、183、184、185、2000、2001、2050、2150、2163、2164、BYK-LPN6919(以上、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製)、SOLSPERSE11200、13240、13650、13940、24000、26000、28000、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、34750、35100、35200、37500、38500、39000、53095、56000、7100(以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製)、Efka PX 4300、4330、4046、4060、4080(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。また、塩基性基を有する樹脂は、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Commercially available products of resins having basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (above, manufactured by Big Chemie Japan), SOLPERSE 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095 , 56000, 7100 (above, manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (above, manufactured by BASF) and the like. Further, the resin having a basic group is described in the block copolymers (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A and paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP-A-2018-156021. Block copolymer A1 which has been prepared can also be used, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明の着色組成物は、酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とをそれぞれ含むことも好ましい。この態様によれば、着色組成物の保存安定性をより向上できる。酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを併用する場合、塩基性基を有する樹脂の含有量は、酸基を有する樹脂の100質量部に対して20~500質量部であることが好ましく、30~300質量部であることがより好ましく、50~200質量部であることが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group, respectively. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved. When a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group are used in combination, the content of the resin having a basic group may be 20 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group. It is preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass.
 樹脂としては、式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 As the resin, a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimer”) is used. It is also preferable to use it.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の具体例としては、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌できる。
In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
In the formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the formula (ED2), the description of JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例については、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 For a specific example of the ether dimer, paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-209760A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 樹脂としては、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit having a polymerizable group.
 樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R21およびR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21およびR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2または3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。
As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (X) include ethylene oxide of paracumylphenol or propylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂としては、脂環を有する(メタ)アクリレート由来の繰り返し単位を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。脂環を有する(メタ)アクリレートとしては脂環式架橋環を有する(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。具体例としては、ジシクロペンタニル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル基を有する(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic ring. The (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic ring is preferably a (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic crosslinked ring. Specific examples include (meth) acrylate having a dicyclopentanyl group, (meth) acrylate having an adamantyl group, and the like.
 樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を含むことも好ましい。この態様によれば、加熱処理後における異物の析出のより抑制された膜を形成することができる。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシル基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシル基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシル基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシル基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin contains a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac). According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film in which the precipitation of foreign substances is more suppressed after the heat treatment. In the resin Ac, the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. The aromatic carboxyl group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In addition, in this specification, an aromatic carboxyl group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. Among the aromatic carboxyl groups, the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
 樹脂Acは、式(Ac-1)で表される繰り返し単位および式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることがより好ましい。芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(Ac-1)中、Arは芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、Lは、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2), and the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit. It is more preferable that the resin contains the repeating unit represented by -2). When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 is a polymer. Represents a chain.
 式(Ac-1)においてArが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物および芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like. Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、式(Q-1)で表される基または式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
In the above formula, Q 1 is represented by a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and formula (Q-1). Represents a group or a group represented by the formula (Q-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-11)で表される基、式(Ar-12)で表される基、式(Ar-13)で表される基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-11), a group represented by the formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-13). Examples include the base.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1または2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-13)中、n3およびn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3およびn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ar-13)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基または上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1はLとの結合位置を表す。
In the formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
In the formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
In the formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In the formula (Ar-13), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
Wherein (Ar-11) ~ (Ar -13), * 1 represents a bonding position to L 1.
 式(Ac-1)においてLは、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In the formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Lが表す2価の連結基は、-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基およびアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 The divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these. A group that combines two or more of the above can be mentioned. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The divalent linking group L 2 represents is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and —O—, −CO−, −COO−, —OCO−, Examples thereof include a group in which at least one selected from —NH— and —S— is combined, and an alkylene group is preferable. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
 式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The group containing the aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1), and the preferable range is also the same.
 式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In the formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L12が表す3価の連結基は、式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Hydrocarbon groups, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and two of these are the trivalent linking groups represented by L 12 in the formula (Ac-2). Groups that combine species and above can be mentioned. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (L12-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(L12-1)中、L12bは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12bが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基または炭化水素基と-O-とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。 In the formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2), and * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2). It represents a bonding position to P 10 of the Ac-2). As the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b , a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- Examples thereof include a group in which the above is combined with, and a hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group and —O— are combined is preferable.
 式(L12-2)中、L12cは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12cが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 In the formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, * 1 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2), and * 2 represents the bonding position with L 11 in the formula (Ac-2). It represents a bonding position to P 10 of the Ac-2). As the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c , a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- Examples thereof include a group in which the above is combined with, and a hydrocarbon group is preferable.
 式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル繰り返し単位、ポリエーテル繰り返し単位、ポリエステル繰り返し単位およびポリオール繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20000が好ましい。下限は1000以上が好ましい。上限は10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。 In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly (meth) acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. The lower limit is preferably 1000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
 P10が表すポリマー鎖は、架橋性基を含んでいてもよい。架橋性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、環状エーテル基及びブロックイソシアネート基などが挙げられ、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、(メタ)アクリロイルアミド基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基および(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましい。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。なお、本発明におけるブロックイソシアネート基とは、熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であり、例えば、ブロック剤とイソシアネート基とを反応させイソシアネート基を保護した基が好ましく例示できる。ブロック剤としては、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物、メルカプタン化合物、イミダゾール系化合物、イミド系化合物等を挙げることができる。ブロック剤については、特開2017-067930号公報の段落番号0115~0117に記載された化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、ブロックイソシアネート基は、90~260℃の熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることが好ましい。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a crosslinkable group. Examples of the crosslinkable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group and a blocked isocyanate group, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferable. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a (meth) acryloylamide group, and the like (meth). Allyl groups, (meth) acryloyl groups and (meth) acryloyloxy groups are preferred, and (meth) acryloyloxy groups are more preferred. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. The blocked isocyanate group in the present invention is a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat, and for example, a group in which a blocking agent and an isocyanate group are reacted to protect the isocyanate group can be preferably exemplified. Examples of the blocking agent include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, and imide compounds. Examples of the blocking agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0115 to 0117 of JP-A-2017-07930, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Further, the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 to 260 ° C.
 式(Ac-2)において、P10が表すポリマー鎖は、下記式(P-1)~(P-5)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることが好ましく、(P-5)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることがより好ましい。 In the formula (Ac-2), the polymer chain represented by P 10 is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-5), and (P-5). More preferably, it is a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by.
 式(Ac-2)において、P10が表すポリマー鎖は、下記式(P-1)~(P-5)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることが好ましく、(P-5)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 上記式において、RP1およびRP2は、それぞれアルキレン基を表す。RP1およびRP2で表されるアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2~16の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数3~12の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 上記式において、RP3は、水素原子またはメチル基を表す。
 上記式において、LP1は、単結合またはアリーレン基を表し、LP2は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。LP1は、単結合であることが好ましい。LP2が表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。
 RP4は、水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、ヘテロアリールチオエーテル基、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、環状エーテル基、ブロックイソシアネート基等が挙げられる。
In the formula (Ac-2), the polymer chain represented by P 10 is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-5), and (P-5). More preferably, it is a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
In the above formula, RP1 and RP2 each represent an alkylene group. As the alkylene group represented by RP1 and RP2 , a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable. , A linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
In the above formula, RP3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the above formula, L P1 represents a single bond or an arylene group, L P2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L P1 is preferably a single bond. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by LP2 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, and -SO-. -SO 2 -, - CO -, - O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - S -, - NHCO -, - CONH-, and include a group formed by combining two or more of these.
RP4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Substituents include hydroxy group, carboxyl group, alkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heteroaryloxy group, alkylthioether group, arylthioether group, heteroarylthioether group and ethylenically unsaturated group. Examples thereof include a bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, and a blocked isocyanate group.
 また、P10が表すポリマー鎖は、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマー鎖であることがより好ましい。また、P10を構成する全繰り返し単位中における、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に含む繰り返し単位の割合は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、100質量%とすることができ、90質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 Further, the polymer chain represented by P 10 is more preferably a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain. Further, in all repeating units constituting the P 10, the proportion of the repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain, more be preferably 5 mass% or more and 10 mass% or more It is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit can be 100% by mass, preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 また、P10が表すポリマー鎖は、酸基を含む繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。この態様によれば、着色組成物中における顔料などの着色剤の分散性をより向上できる。更には、現像性をより向上させることもでき、現像残渣の発生をより抑制できる。酸基を含む繰り返し単位の割合は、1~30質量%であることが好ましく、2~20質量%であることがより好ましく、3~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the polymer chain represented by P 10 has a repeating unit containing an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of a colorant such as a pigment in the coloring composition can be further improved. Further, the developability can be further improved, and the generation of development residue can be further suppressed. The proportion of the repeating unit containing an acid group is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 2 to 20% by mass, and even more preferably 3 to 10% by mass.
 樹脂Acの重量平均分子量は、3000~35000であることが好ましい。上限は25000以下であることが好ましく、20000以下であることがより好ましく、15000以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、4000以上であることが好ましく、6000以上であることがより好ましく、7000以上であることが更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin Ac is preferably 3000 to 35000. The upper limit is preferably 25,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, and even more preferably 15,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 6000 or more, and further preferably 7000 or more.
 樹脂Acの酸価は5~200mgKOH/gが好ましい。上限は150mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、80mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は10mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、15mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 The acid value of the resin Ac is preferably 5 to 200 mgKOH / g. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
 樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を含むことが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。 The resin preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups. Further, the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
 酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は5~200mgKOH/gが好ましい。上限は150mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、80mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は10mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、15mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin having an acid group amount of 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group amount and the basic group amount is 100 mol%. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 5 to 200 mgKOH / g. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
 塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が60モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)のアミン価は5~100mgKOH/gが好ましい。上限は80mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、60mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、45mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は10mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、15mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin in which the amount of basic groups is 60 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group. The amine value of the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably 5 to 100 mgKOH / g. The upper limit is preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 45 mgKOH / g or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細は、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂(樹脂Ac)であることも好ましい。芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂としては上述したものが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (resin Ac). Examples of the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group include those described above.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The resin to have is preferable. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity. Regarding the polyimine-based dispersant, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えばデンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion. Examples of such a resin include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of the dendrimer include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。また、分散剤は、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂を用いることもできる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain. The content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and 20 to 70 in all the repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it is in mol%. Further, as the dispersant, the resin described in JP-A-2018-087939 can also be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ、日本ルーブリゾール社製のSOLSPERSEシリーズ、BASF社製のEfkaシリーズ、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by Big Chemie Japan, SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol, Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine-Techno (Ajinomoto Fine-Techno). Examples include the Ajispar series manufactured by Co., Ltd. Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
 また、分散剤として用いる樹脂は、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)を用いることもできる。 Further, as the resin used as the dispersant, the block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077 can also be used.
 着色組成物の全固形分中にける樹脂の含有量は、1~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましく、15質量%以上が更に好ましく、20質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましく、50質量%以下が更に好ましく、40質量%以下が特に好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more kinds of resins are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イニミウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、ジアントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チアジンインジゴ色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、ジアントラキノン色素骨格、チアジンインジゴ色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、およびキナクリドン色素骨格であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格であることがより好ましい。すなわち、顔料誘導体はジケトピロロピロール化合物であることが好ましい。この態様によれば、赤色の色価のより高い膜を形成することができ、赤色画素用の着色組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。酸基としては、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基及びこれらの塩が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。
<< Pigment derivative >>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to the pigment skeleton. The pigment skeletons constituting the pigment derivatives include quinoline pigment skeleton, benzoimidazolone pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, benzothiazole pigment skeleton, inimium pigment skeleton, squarylium pigment skeleton, croconium pigment skeleton, oxonor pigment skeleton, and pyrolopyrrolop pigment. Skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, azomethine pigment skeleton, phthalocyanine pigment skeleton, naphthalocyanine pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, dioxazine pigment skeleton, perinone pigment skeleton, perylene pigment skeleton , Thiadine indigo pigment skeleton, thioindigo pigment skeleton, isoindolin pigment skeleton, isoindolinone pigment skeleton, quinophthalone pigment skeleton, iminium pigment skeleton, dithiol pigment skeleton, triarylmethane pigment skeleton, pyromethene pigment skeleton, etc. Pyrrolopyrrolop pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, thiazine indigo pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, quinophthalone pigment skeleton, and quinacridone pigment skeleton are preferable, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton is preferable. Is more preferable. That is, the pigment derivative is preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. According to this aspect, a film having a higher color value of red can be formed, and it is more preferably used as a coloring composition for red pixels. Examples of the acid group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof. As atoms or groups of atoms constituting the salt, alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, etc. Examples include phosphonium ions. Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimide methyl group. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylic acid ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
 顔料誘導体として可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を含有することもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがさらに好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 As a pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be contained. The maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 ~ 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative (.epsilon.max) is that it is preferable, 1000L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is not more than 3000L · mol -1 · cm -1 Is more preferable, and 100 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is further preferable. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物、特開昭56-118462号公報、特開昭63-264674号公報、特開平01-217077号公報、特開平03-009961号公報、特開平03-026767号公報、特開平03-153780号公報、特開平03-045662号公報、特開平04-285669号公報、特開平06-145546号公報、特開平06-212088号公報、特開平06-240158号公報、特開平10-030063号公報、特開平10-195326号公報、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落番号0082、特開2015-151530号公報の段落番号0171、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183、特開2003-081972号公報、特許第5299151号公報、特開2015-172732号公報、特開2014-199308号公報、特開2014-085562号公報、特開2014-035351号公報、特開2008-081565号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pigment derivative include the compounds described in Examples described later, JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-246674, JP-A-01-217777, and JP-A-03-009961. , Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-026767, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-045662, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-285669, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-145546, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Kaihei 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-195326, International Publication No. 2011/024896, paragraph numbers 0083-0998, International Publication No. 2012/102399, paragraph numbers 0063-0094 , International Publication No. 2017/038252, Paragraph No. 028, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-151530, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-52065, Paragraph Nos. 0162 to 0183, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-081972, Patent No. 5299151. Examples thereof include the compounds described in JP-A-2015-172732, JP-A-2014-199308, JP-A-2014-0855562, JP-A-2014-035351, and JP-A-2008-081565.
 顔料誘導体を含有する場合、顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~30質量部が好ましく、1~20質量部がより好ましく、2~10質量部が更に好ましく、3~8質量部が特に好ましい。顔料誘導体は1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上併用する場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the pigment derivative is contained, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, still more preferably 2 to 10 parts by mass, and 3 to 8 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Parts by mass are particularly preferred. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や着色組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<< Solvent >>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the coloring composition. Examples of the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents and the like. For these details, paragraph No. 0223 of WO 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Further, an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-Dimethylpropanamide and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per million) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per parts) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per parts) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 有機溶剤には、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率は0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 着色組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
 また、本発明の着色組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、着色組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えばベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、着色組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として着色組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、またはこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した着色組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 Further, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance from the viewpoint of environmental regulation. In the present invention, substantially free of the environmentally regulated substance means that the content of the environmentally regulated substance in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, and preferably 30 mass ppm or less. It is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Examples of environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These are REACH (Registration Evolution Analysis and Restriction of Chemicals) regulations, PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) method, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds), regulated by VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds), regulated by VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) The method is strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as a solvent in producing each component used in the coloring composition, and may be mixed in the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and consideration for the environment, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. Examples of the method for reducing the environmentally regulated substance include a method of heating or depressurizing the inside of the system to raise the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance to the boiling point or higher, and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system to reduce the amount of the environmentally regulated substance. Further, when distilling off a small amount of an environmentally regulated substance, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to improve efficiency. When a compound having radical polymerization property is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled under reduced pressure in order to prevent the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding and cross-linking between molecules during distillation under reduced pressure. You may. These distillation methods include a stage of a raw material, a stage of a product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution after polymerization or a polyfunctional monomer solution), or a stage of a coloring composition prepared by mixing these compounds. It is possible at any stage of.
<<環状エーテル基を有する化合物>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有することができる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物(以下、エポキシ化合物ともいう)であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は、本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< Compound with cyclic ether group >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter, also referred to as an epoxy compound). Examples of the epoxy compound are described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869A, paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP2014-043556, and paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of JP2014-089408. Compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used. These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
 エポキシ化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2000未満、さらには、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。エポキシ化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。 The epoxy compound may be a small molecule compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2000, further, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a polymer compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more). It may be. The weight average molecular weight of the epoxy compound is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
 エポキシ化合物としては、エポキシ樹脂を好ましく用いることができる。エポキシ樹脂としては、例えばフェノール化合物のグリシジルエーテル化物であるエポキシ樹脂、各種ノボラック樹脂のグリシジルエーテル化物であるエポキシ樹脂、脂環式エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族系エポキシ樹脂、複素環式エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル系エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン系エポキシ樹脂、ハロゲン化フェノール類をグリシジル化したエポキシ樹脂、エポキシ基をもつケイ素化合物とそれ以外のケイ素化合物との縮合物、エポキシ基を持つ重合性不飽和化合物とそれ以外の他の重合性不飽和化合物との共重合体等が挙げられる。エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、310~3300g/eqであることが好ましく、310~1700g/eqであることがより好ましく、310~1000g/eqであることが更に好ましい。 As the epoxy compound, an epoxy resin can be preferably used. Examples of the epoxy resin include an epoxy resin which is a glycidyl etherified product of a phenol compound, an epoxy resin which is a glycidyl etherified product of various novolak resins, an alicyclic epoxy resin, an aliphatic epoxy resin, a heterocyclic epoxy resin, and a glycidyl ester type. Epoxy resin, glycidylamine-based epoxy resin, epoxy resin obtained by glycidylizing halogenated phenols, condensate of silicon compound having an epoxy group and other silicon compounds, polymerizable unsaturated compound having an epoxy group and other Examples thereof include a copolymer with another polymerizable unsaturated compound. The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 310 to 3300 g / eq, more preferably 310 to 1700 g / eq, and even more preferably 310 to 1000 g / eq.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing polymer) and the like can be mentioned.
 着色組成物の全固形分中における環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、例えば、15質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以下が更に好ましい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は1種のみでもよく、2種以上でもよい。2種以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is, for example, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. The compound having a cyclic ether group may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<硬化促進剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/056189号の段落番号0094~0097に記載の化合物、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246~0253に記載の化合物、特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186~0251に記載の化合物、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071~0080に記載の化合物、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物、特許第5765059号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載の化合物、特開2017-036379号公報に記載のカルボキシル基含有エポキシ硬化剤などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。
<< Curing Accelerator >>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidin salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, and onium salt compounds. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0094 to 0097 of WO2018 / 056189, the compounds described in paragraphs 0246 to 0253 of JP2015-034963, and JP2013-014165. Compounds described in paragraphs 0186 to 0251 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 0186 to 0251, ionic compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-0551414, compounds described in paragraphs 0071 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-150180, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-253054 Examples thereof include an alkoxysilane compound having an epoxy group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5, a compound described in paragraphs 805 to 0092 of Japanese Patent No. 5765059, and a carboxyl group-containing epoxy curing agent described in JP-A-2017-0363379. When the curing accelerator is contained, the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤は、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。このような化合物としては、特開2009-217221号公報の段落番号0038~0052、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては、下記構造の化合物などが挙げられる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
<< UV absorber >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indol compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. Examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP2009-217221A, paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, and paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-068814. Examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds having the following structures. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series made by Miyoshi Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 紫外線吸収剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。本発明において、紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When an ultraviolet absorber is contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。重合禁止剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Polymerization inhibitor >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, primary cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable. When a polymerization inhibitor is contained, the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本発明において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-502)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-503)等がある。また、シランカップリング剤の具体例については、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。シランカップリング剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Silane Coupling Agent >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group and an isocyanate group. , A phenyl group and the like, preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-amino. Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), γ-Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy There are propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-503) and the like. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. , These contents are incorporated herein by reference. When a silane coupling agent is contained, the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. preferable. The silane coupling agent may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< Surfactant >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. As for the surfactant, the surfactant described in paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 界面活性剤はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。着色組成物にフッ素系界面活性剤を含有させることで液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上し、省液性をより改善することができる。また、厚みムラの小さい膜を形成することもできる。 The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、着色組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid saving property, and has good solubility in a coloring composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780、EXP、MFS-330(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of the corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP 132503 are mentioned and their contents are incorporated herein by reference. Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, EXP, MFS. -330 (above, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, Examples thereof include SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA) and the like. ..
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファックDS-21が挙げられる。 In addition, the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the portion of the functional group containing the fluorine atom is cut and the fluorine atom is volatilized. Can be preferably used. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報に記載されたフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. Examples of such a fluorine-based surfactant include the fluorine-based surfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
The weight average molecular weight of the above compounds is preferably 3000 to 50000, for example 14000. Among the above compounds,% indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. As specific examples, the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, RS-72-K and the like can be mentioned. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP2015-117327A can also be used.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and the like. Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF) , Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solspers 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fujifilm sum) Kojunyaku Co., Ltd., Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Orphine E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ) And so on.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, Examples thereof include Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like.
 界面活性剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When a surfactant is contained, the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. preferable. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。着色組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤を含有する場合、酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Antioxidant >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. When containing an antioxidant, only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、本発明の着色組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。また、特開2018-155881号公報に記載されているように、C.I.ピグメントイエロー129を耐候性改良の目的で添加しても良い。
<< Other ingredients >>
The coloring compositions of the present invention, as required, include sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliaries (eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, etc.). It may contain a flame retardant, a leveling agent, a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical characteristics can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 and subsequent paragraphs of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraphs of JP-A-2008-250074. The descriptions of Nos. 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be taken into consideration, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. As a result, a compound in which the protecting group is eliminated and functions as an antioxidant can be mentioned. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-155881, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added for the purpose of improving weather resistance.
 本発明の着色組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1~100nmが好ましく、3~70nmがより好ましく、5~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like. The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
 本発明の着色組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、特開2017-198787号公報の段落番号0036~0037に記載の化合物、特開2017-146350号公報の段落番号0029~0034に記載の化合物、特開2017-129774号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0049~0052に記載の化合物、特開2017-129674号公報の段落番号0031~0034、0058~0059に記載の化合物、特開2017-122803号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0051~0054に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0039に記載の化合物、特開2017-186546号公報の段落番号0034~0047に記載の化合物、特開2015-025116号公報の段落番号0019~0041に記載の化合物、特開2012-145604号公報の段落番号0101~0125に記載の化合物、特開2012-103475号公報の段落番号0018~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-257591号公報の段落番号0015~0018に記載の化合物、特開2011-191483号公報の段落番号0017~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-145668号公報の段落番号0108~0116に記載の化合物、特開2011-253174号公報の段落番号0103~0153に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improving agent. Examples of the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and JP-A-2017-129774. The compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 and 0049 to 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0034 and 0058 to 0059 of JP-A-2017-129674, and paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-122803. , 0051 to 0054, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0039 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0047 of JP-A-2017-186546, JP-A-2015-0251116. Compounds described in paragraphs 0019 to 0041 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-145604, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101 to 0125 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-143475, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0021 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-103475. The compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0018 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-257591, the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0021 of JP-A-2011-191483, and paragraph numbers 0108 to 0116 of JP-A-2011-145668. , The compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0103 to 0153 of JP2011-253174A, and the like.
 本発明の着色組成物の含水率は、通常3質量%以下であり、0.01~1.5質量%が好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the coloring composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本発明の着色組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The coloring composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, and the like. The viscosity value can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, at 25 ° C., 0.3 mPa · s to 50 mPa · s is preferable, and 0.5 mPa · s to 20 mPa · s is more preferable. As a method for measuring the viscosity, for example, a cone plate type viscometer can be used, and the viscosity can be measured in a state where the temperature is adjusted to 25 ° C.
 本発明の着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 The container for the colored composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, as a storage container, for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into raw materials and compositions, a multi-layer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle in which 6 types of resin are composed of 7 layers are used. It is also preferable to use it. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
<着色組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。着色組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して着色組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して着色組成物を調製してもよい。
<Preparation method of coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. In preparing the coloring composition, all the components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the coloring composition, or each component may be appropriately used as two or more solutions or dispersions, if necessary. Then, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
 また、着色組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。 Further, when preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment. In the process of dispersing the pigment, the mechanical force used for dispersing the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like. Further, in the pulverization of the pigment in the sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads having a small diameter and to process under the condition that the pulverization efficiency is increased by increasing the filling rate of the beads. Further, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and disperser for dispersing pigments are "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial. Practical application The process and disperser described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893, "Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be preferably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step, for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
 着色組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、着色組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)およびナイロンが好ましい。 In preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultrahigh molecular weight). A filter using a material such as (including a polyolefin resin) can be mentioned. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NIEYなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)および株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. If the pore size of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the pore size value of the filter, the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to. As the filter, various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used.
 また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。 It is also preferable to use a fibrous filter medium as the filter. Examples of the fibrous filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like. Examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd. When using filters, different filters (eg, first filter and second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
<膜>
 本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の着色組成物から得られる膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタなどに用いることができる。具体的には、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができ、より具体的には、カラーフィルタの赤色画素として好ましく用いることができる。本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、5μm以下が好ましく、1μm以下がより好ましく、0.6μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。
<Membrane>
The film of the present invention is a film obtained from the above-mentioned coloring composition of the present invention. The film of the present invention can be used as a color filter or the like. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter, and more specifically, it can be preferably used as a red pixel of a color filter. The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the intended purpose. For example, the film thickness is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.6 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
<画素の形成方法>
 次に、画素の形成方法について説明する。画素の形成方法は、上述した本発明の着色組成物を支持体上に塗布して着色組成物層を形成する工程と、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、露光後の着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。以下、各工程について説明する。
<Pixel formation method>
Next, a method of forming pixels will be described. The pixel forming method includes a step of applying the coloring composition of the present invention described above on a support to form a coloring composition layer, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and a coloring composition after exposure. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing an unexposed portion of the material layer. Hereinafter, each step will be described.
 着色組成物層を形成する工程では、着色組成物を支持体上に塗布して着色組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。下地層の表面接触角が上記範囲であれば、着色組成物の塗れ性が良好である。下地層の表面接触角の調整は、例えば、界面活性剤の添加などの方法で行うことができる。 In the step of forming the coloring composition layer, the coloring composition is applied onto the support to form the coloring composition layer. The support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, and the like can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. In addition, a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80 ° when measured with water. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above range, the coating property of the coloring composition is good. The surface contact angle of the base layer can be adjusted by, for example, adding a surfactant.
 着色組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;スピンコート法;流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(例えば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷法などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。また、着色組成物の塗布方法については、国際公開第2017/030174号、国際公開第2017/018419号の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a method for applying the coloring composition, a known method can be used. For example, a dropping method (drop casting); a slit coating method; a spray method; a roll coating method; a spin coating method; a casting method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP-A-2009-145395). (For example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, and other printing methods; Transfer method using a mold or the like; nanoimprint method or the like can be mentioned. The method of application to inkjet is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the method shown in "Expandable and usable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in patents-, published in February 2005, Sumi Betechno Research" (especially from page 115). (Page 133), and the methods described in JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. Further, regarding the method of applying the coloring composition, the description of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 支持体上に形成した着色組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When the film is produced by a low temperature process, it is not necessary to perform prebaking. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110 ° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher. The prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
 次に、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、着色組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the colored composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of the light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferable. Further, a long wave light source having a diameter of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 Further, at the time of exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulsed irradiation may be performed for exposure (pulse exposure). The pulse exposure is an exposure method of a method of repeatedly irradiating and pausing light in a cycle of a short time (for example, a millisecond level or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 Irradiation dose (exposure dose), for example, preferably 0.03 ~ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ~ 1.0J / cm 2. The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the oxygen concentration performed in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed in an oxygen-free environment) or in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume. The exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (for example, 5000 W / m 2 , 15,000 W / m 2 , or 35,000 W / m 2). Can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
 次に、露光後の着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去する(現像工程)。着色組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、未露光部の着色組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer after exposure is developed and removed (development step). The unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer can be developed and removed using a developing solution. As a result, the colored composition layer in the unexposed portion is eluted in the developing solution, and only the photocured portion remains. The temperature of the developing solution is preferably, for example, 20 to 30 ° C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the steps of shaking off the developing solution every 60 seconds and further supplying a new developing solution may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面および安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、さらに界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の着色組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の着色組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。 Examples of the developing solution include organic solvents and alkaline developing solutions, and alkaline developing solutions are preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene, etc. Examples thereof include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. As the alkaline agent, a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. In addition, the developer may further contain a surfactant. The developer may be once produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use from the viewpoint of convenience of transfer and storage. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Further, it is preferable that the rinsing is performed by supplying the rinsing liquid to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion, the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed. By rinsing in this way, in-plane variation of rinsing can be suppressed. Further, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the central portion to the peripheral portion of the support.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜(画素)を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 It is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment or heat treatment (post-baking) after development and drying. Additional exposure treatment and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing. The heating temperature in the post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C. Post-baking is performed by continuously or batch-type the developed film (pixels) using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation type dryer), or a high-frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. be able to. When the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
 このようにして画素を形成することができる。 Pixels can be formed in this way.
<カラーフィルタ>
 次に、本発明のカラーフィルタについて説明する。本発明のカラーフィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。具体的には、カラーフィルタの着色画素として、本発明の膜を有する。
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上述した本発明の着色組成物を用いて得られる赤色画素と、青色画素と、緑色画素とを有するものであることも好ましい。
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、カラーフィルタの赤色画素として、本発明の膜を有することが好ましい。本発明のカラーフィルタは、CCD(電荷結合素子)やCMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)などの固体撮像素子や画像表示装置などに用いることができる。
<Color filter>
Next, the color filter of the present invention will be described. The color filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Specifically, it has the film of the present invention as a colored pixel of a color filter.
Further, it is also preferable that the color filter of the present invention has a red pixel, a blue pixel, and a green pixel obtained by using the coloring composition of the present invention described above.
The color filter of the present invention preferably has the film of the present invention as the red pixels of the color filter. The color filter of the present invention can be used for a solid-state image sensor such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), an image display device, or the like.
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおいて本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜厚は、5μm以下が好ましく、1μm以下がより好ましく、0.6μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 In the color filter of the present invention, the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.6 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 カラーフィルタに含まれる画素の幅は0.4~10.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は、0.4μm以上であることが好ましく、0.5μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.6μm以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、5.0μm以下であることが好ましく、2.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、1.0μm以下であることが更に好ましく、0.8μm以下であることがより一層好ましい。また、画素のヤング率は0.5~20GPaであることが好ましく、2.5~15GPaがより好ましい。 The width of the pixels included in the color filter is preferably 0.4 to 10.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and further preferably 0.6 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 5.0 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, further preferably 1.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.8 μm or less. The Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5 to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 to 15 GPa.
 カラーフィルタに含まれる各画素は高い平坦性を有することが好ましい。具体的には、画素の表面粗さRaは、100nm以下であることが好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は規定されないが、例えば0.1nm以上であることが好ましい。画素の表面粗さは、例えばVeeco社製のAFM(原子間力顕微鏡) Dimension3100を用いて測定することができる。また、画素上の水の接触角は適宜好ましい値に設定することができるが、典型的には、50~110°の範囲である。接触角は、例えば接触角計CV-DT・A型(協和界面科学(株)製)を用いて測定できる。また、画素の体積抵抗値は高いことが好ましい。具体的には、画素の体積抵抗値は10Ω・cm以上であることが好ましく、1011Ω・cm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は規定されないが、例えば1014Ω・cm以下であることが好ましい。画素の体積抵抗値は、例えば超高抵抗計5410(アドバンテスト社製)を用いて測定することができる。 It is preferable that each pixel included in the color filter has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and further preferably 15 nm or less. The lower limit is not specified, but it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example. The surface roughness of the pixels can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Measurement 3100 manufactured by Veeco. Further, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50 to 110 °. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT · A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). Further, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, it is preferred that the volume resistivity value of the pixel is 10 9 Ω · cm or more, and more preferably 10 11 Ω · cm or more. The upper limit is not specified, but it is preferably 10 14 Ω · cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest).
 カラーフィルタにおいては、本発明の膜(画素)の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.1~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、有機溶剤に溶解した樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 In the color filter, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film (pixel) of the present invention. By providing the protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophobicization, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching the molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide. Resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4, and two or more of these components may be contained. For example, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . Further, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of reducing reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
 樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When the resin composition is applied to form the protective layer, a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, or an inkjet method can be used as the application method of the resin composition. As the organic solvent contained in the resin composition, a known organic solvent (for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used. When the protective layer is formed by a chemical vapor deposition method, the chemical vapor deposition method is a known chemical vapor deposition method (thermochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method). Can be used.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して0.1~70質量%が好ましく、1~60質量%がさらに好ましい。 The protective layer may be an additive such as organic / inorganic fine particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjuster, an antioxidant, an adhesive, a surfactant, etc., if necessary. May be contained. Examples of organic / inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , Magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like. A known absorbent can be used as the light absorber of a specific wavelength. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 Further, as the protective layer, the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
 カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The color filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid image sensor>
The solid-state image sensor of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素に対して低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 On the substrate, there are a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state image sensor (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like. A device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the photodiode and the transfer electrode so as to have a light-shielding film in which only the light-receiving part of the photodiode is opened, and to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode. The configuration has a color filter on the device protective film. Further, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same applies hereinafter) on the device protective film under the color filter (the side closer to the substrate), a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter, and the like. There may be. Further, the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a low refractive index for each colored pixel. Examples of the image pickup apparatus having such a structure include the apparatus described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179757, and International Publication No. 2018/043654. The image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. For details on the definition of image display devices and the details of each image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Device (Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Council, 1990)", "Display Device (Junaki Ibuki, Industrial Books)" Co., Ltd. (issued in 1989) ”. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples below. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
<分散液の製造>
 下記の表に記載の素材(顔料、顔料誘導体、樹脂、溶剤)を混合したのち、直径0.3mmのジルコニアビーズ230質量部を加えて、ペイントシェーカーを用いて5時間分散処理を行い、ビーズをろ過で分離して分散液を製造した。下記の表の各素材の配合量の数値は質量部である。なお、樹脂(分散剤)の配合量の値は、それぞれ固形分20質量%の樹脂溶液での配合量の値である。
<Manufacturing of dispersion>
After mixing the materials (pigments, pigment derivatives, resins, solvents) listed in the table below, 230 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm are added, and dispersion treatment is performed for 5 hours using a paint shaker to obtain beads. The dispersion was produced by separating by filtration. The numerical value of the blending amount of each material in the table below is a mass part. The value of the blending amount of the resin (dispersant) is the value of the blending amount in the resin solution having a solid content of 20% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
 上記表に記載の素材は、以下の通りである。
(顔料)
[芳香族環に電子供与性基が導入された芳香族環基ArD1がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する顔料DPP]
 顔料R1:下記式(R1)で表される構造の化合物(C.I.ピグメントレッド272)
 顔料R2:下記式(R2)で表される構造の化合物
 顔料R3:下記式(R3)で表される構造の化合物
 顔料R4:下記式(R4)で表される構造の化合物
 顔料R5:下記式(R5)で表される構造の化合物
 顔料R6:下記式(R6)で表される構造の化合物
 顔料R7:下記式(R7)で表される構造の化合物
 顔料R8:下記式(R8)で表される構造の化合物
 顔料R9:下記式(R9)で表される構造の化合物
 顔料R10:下記式(R10)で表される構造の化合物(C.I.ピグメントレッド264)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
The materials listed in the above table are as follows.
(Pigment)
[Pigment DPP having a structure in which the aromatic ring group Ar D1 in which an electron donating group is introduced into the aromatic ring is bonded to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton]
Pigment R1: A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R1) (CI Pigment Red 272)
Pigment R2: A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R2) Pigment R3: A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R3) Pigment R4: A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R4) Pigment R5: A compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R4) Compound with structure represented by (R5) Pigment R6: Compound with structure represented by the following formula (R6) Pigment R7: Compound with structure represented by the following formula (R7) Pigment R8: Table with the following formula (R8) Pigment R9: Compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R9) Pigment R10: Compound having a structure represented by the following formula (R10) (CI Pigment Red 264)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
[顔料DPP以外の顔料]
 PR254:カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254
 PY139:カラーインデックスピグメントイエロー139
 PO71:カラーインデックスピグメントオレンジ71
[Pigments other than DPP]
PR254: Color Index Pigment Red 254
PY139: Color Index Pigment Yellow 139
PO71: Color Index Pigment Orange 71
(顔料誘導体)
 誘導体1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 誘導体2:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 誘導体3:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 誘導体4:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 誘導体5:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(Pigment derivative)
Derivative 1: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Derivative 2: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Derivative 3: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Derivative 4: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Derivative 5: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(樹脂)
 A-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量24000、酸価47mgKOH/g)の20質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)溶液
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 A-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量16000、酸価67mgKOH/g)の20質量%PGMEA溶液
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(resin)
A-1: 20% by mass of the resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 24000, acid value 47 mgKOH / g). Propropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) solution
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
A-2: 20% by mass of the resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 16000, acid value 67 mgKOH / g). PGMEA solution
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 B-1:以下の方法で合成した樹脂B-1の樹脂溶液(固形分濃度20質量%)。
 メチルメタクリレート50質量部、n-ブチルメタクリレート50質量部、PGMEA(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)45.4質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した。反応容器内を70℃に加熱して、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール6質量部を添加して、さらにAIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)0.12質量部を加え、12時間反応させた。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。次に、ピロメリット酸無水物9.7質量部、PGMEA70.3質量部、触媒としてDBU(1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン)0.20質量部を追加し、120℃で7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認し反応を終了させた。PGMEAを加えて不揮発分(固形分濃度)を20質量%に調整し、酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000の下記構造の樹脂B-1の樹脂溶液を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
B-1: A resin solution of resin B-1 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass).
50 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 50 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) were charged into the reaction vessel, and the atmosphere gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel is heated to 70 ° C., 6 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol is added, and 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) is further added, and the reaction is carried out for 12 hours. I let you. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Next, 9.7 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 70.3 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 0.20 parts by mass of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene) were added as a catalyst. , 120 ° C. for 7 hours. By measuring the acid value, it was confirmed that 98% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified, and the reaction was terminated. PGMEA was added to adjust the non-volatile content (solid content concentration) to 20% by mass to obtain a resin solution of resin B-1 having an acid value of 43 mgKOH / g and a weight average molecular weight of 9000 and having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 B-2:以下の方法で合成した樹脂B-2の樹脂溶液(固形分濃度20質量%)。
 メチルメタクリレート50質量部、n-ブチルメタクリレート30質量部、t-ブチルメタクリレート20質量部、PGMEA45.4質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した。反応容器内を70℃に加熱して、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール6質量部を添加して、さらにAIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)0.12質量部を加え、12時間反応させた。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。次に、ピロメリット酸無水物9.7質量部、PGMEA70.3質量部、触媒としてDBU(1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン)0.20質量部を追加し、120℃で7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認し反応を終了させた。PGMEAを加えて不揮発分(固形分濃度)を20質量%に調整し、酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000の下記構造の樹脂B-2の樹脂溶液を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
B-2: A resin solution of resin B-2 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass).
50 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 30 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 20 parts by mass of t-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA were charged into the reaction vessel, and the atmosphere gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel is heated to 70 ° C., 6 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol is added, and 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) is further added, and the reaction is carried out for 12 hours. I let you. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Next, 9.7 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 70.3 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 0.20 parts by mass of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene) were added as a catalyst. , 120 ° C. for 7 hours. By measuring the acid value, it was confirmed that 98% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified, and the reaction was terminated. PGMEA was added to adjust the non-volatile content (solid content concentration) to 20% by mass to obtain a resin solution of resin B-2 having an acid value of 43 mgKOH / g and a weight average molecular weight of 9000 and having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 B-3:以下の方法で合成した樹脂B-3の樹脂溶液(固形分濃度20質量%)。
 樹脂B-2の合成において、t-ブチルメタクリレート20質量部を、(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチルメタクリレート20質量部に変更した以外は同様にして、酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000の下記構造の樹脂B-3の樹脂溶液を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
B-3: A resin solution of resin B-3 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass).
In the synthesis of resin B-2, the acid value was 43 mgKOH / g and the weight average molecular weight was the same except that 20 parts by mass of t-butyl methacrylate was changed to 20 parts by mass of (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl methacrylate. A resin solution of 9000 resin B-3 having the following structure was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 B-4:以下の方法で合成した樹脂B-4の樹脂溶液(固形分濃度20質量%)。
 樹脂B-2の合成において、t-ブチルメタクリレート20質量部を、昭和電工製「カレンズMOI-BM」20質量部に変更した以外は同様にして、酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000の下記構造の樹脂B-4の樹脂溶液を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
B-4: A resin solution of the resin B-4 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass).
In the synthesis of resin B-2, the acid value was 43 mgKOH / g and the weight average molecular weight was 9000. A resin solution of structural resin B-4 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 B-5:以下の方法で合成した樹脂B-5の樹脂溶液(固形分濃度20質量%)。
 3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール6.0質量部、ピロメリット酸無水物9.5質量部、PGMEA62質量部、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン0.2質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した。反応容器内を100℃に加熱して、7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認した後、系内の温度を70℃に冷却し、メチルメタクリレート65質量部、エチルアクリレート5.0質量部、t-ブチルアクリレート15質量部、メタクリル酸5.0質量部、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート10質量部、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.1質量部を溶解したPGMEA溶液53.5質量部を添加して、10時間反応させた。固形分測定により重合が95%進行したことを確認し反応を終了させた。PGMEAを加えて不揮発分(固形分濃度)を20質量%に調整し、酸価70.5mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量10000の下記構造の樹脂B-5の樹脂溶液を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
B-5: A resin solution of resin B-5 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass).
3-Mercapto-1,2-propanediol 6.0 parts by mass, pyromellitic anhydride 9.5 parts by mass, PGMEA 62 parts by mass, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene 0. Two parts by mass were charged into the reaction vessel, and the atmospheric gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 100 ° C. and reacted for 7 hours. After confirming that 98% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified by measuring the acid value, the temperature in the system was cooled to 70 ° C., 65 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of ethyl acrylate, and t. -Add 53.5 parts by mass of PGMEA solution in which 15 parts by mass of butyl acrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 10 parts by mass of hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 0.1 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile are dissolved. Then, it was reacted for 10 hours. The solid content measurement confirmed that the polymerization had proceeded by 95%, and the reaction was terminated. PGMEA was added to adjust the non-volatile content (solid content concentration) to 20% by mass to obtain a resin solution of resin B-5 having an acid value of 70.5 mgKOH / g and a weight average molecular weight of 10000 and having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 B-6:以下の方法で合成した樹脂B-6の樹脂溶液(固形分濃度20質量%)。
 1-チオグリセロール108質量部、ピロメリット酸無水物174質量部、メトキシプロピルアセテート650質量部、触媒としてモノブチルスズオキシド0.2質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した後、120℃で5時間反応させた(第一工程)。酸価の測定で95%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認した。次に、第一工程で得られた化合物を固形分換算で160質量部、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート200質量部、エチルアクリレート200質量部、t-ブチルアクリレート150質量部、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート200質量部、メチルアクリレート200質量部、メタクリル酸50質量部、PGMEA663質量部を反応容器に仕込み、反応容器内を80℃に加熱して、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)1.2質量部を添加し、12時間反応させた(第二工程)。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。最後に、第二工程で得られた化合物の50質量%PGMEA溶液500質量部、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート(MOI)27.0質量部、ヒドロキノン0.1質量部を反応容器に仕込み、イソシアネート基に基づく2270cm-1のピークの消失を確認するまで反応を行った(第三工程)。ピーク消失の確認後、反応溶液を冷却して、PGMEAを加えて不揮発分(固形分濃度)を20質量%に調整し、酸価68mgKOH/g、不飽和二重結合価0.62mmol/g、重量平均分子量13000の下記構造の樹脂B-6の樹脂溶液を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
B-6: A resin solution of resin B-6 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass).
108 parts by mass of 1-thioglycerol, 174 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 650 parts by mass of methoxypropyl acetate, and 0.2 parts by mass of monobutyltin oxide as a catalyst were charged in a reaction vessel, and the atmosphere gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The reaction was carried out at 120 ° C. for 5 hours (first step). It was confirmed by measuring the acid value that 95% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified. Next, the compound obtained in the first step is 160 parts by mass in terms of solid content, 200 parts by mass of 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 200 parts by mass of ethyl acrylate, 150 parts by mass of t-butyl acrylate, and 200 parts by mass of 2-methoxyethyl acrylate. Parts, 200 parts by mass of methyl acrylate, 50 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and 663 parts by mass of PGMEA were charged into the reaction vessel, and the inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 80 ° C. to 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 1 .2 parts by mass was added and reacted for 12 hours (second step). It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Finally, 500 parts by mass of a 50% by mass PGMEA solution of the compound obtained in the second step, 27.0 parts by mass of 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (MOI), and 0.1 part by mass of hydroquinone were charged into the reaction vessel to form an isocyanate group. The reaction was carried out until the disappearance of the peak of 2270 cm -1 based on the above was confirmed (third step). After confirming the disappearance of the peak, the reaction solution was cooled, PGMEA was added to adjust the non-volatile content (solid content concentration) to 20% by mass, the acid value was 68 mgKOH / g, and the unsaturated double bond value was 0.62 mmol / g. A resin solution of resin B-6 having the following structure having a weight average molecular weight of 13000 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 B-7:以下の方法で合成した樹脂B-7の樹脂溶液(固形分濃度20質量%)。
 メチルメタクリレート40質量部、n-ブチルメタクリレート60質量部、PGMEA(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)45.4質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した。反応容器内を70℃に加熱して、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール8質量部を添加して、さらにAIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)0.12質量部を加え、12時間反応させた。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。次に、ピロメリット酸無水物13質量部、PGMEA70.3質量部、触媒としてDBU(1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン)0.20質量部を追加し、120℃で7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認し反応を終了させた。PGMEAを加えて不揮発分(固形分濃度)を20質量%に調整し、酸価55mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量10000の下記構造の樹脂B-7の樹脂溶液を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
B-7: A resin solution of resin B-7 synthesized by the following method (solid content concentration 20% by mass).
40 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 60 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) were charged into the reaction vessel, and the atmosphere gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel is heated to 70 ° C., 8 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol is added, and 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) is further added, and the reaction is carried out for 12 hours. I let you. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Next, 13 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 70.3 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 0.20 parts by mass of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene) as a catalyst were added, and 120 parts were added. The reaction was carried out at ° C. for 7 hours. By measuring the acid value, it was confirmed that 98% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified, and the reaction was terminated. PGMEA was added to adjust the non-volatile content (solid content concentration) to 20% by mass to obtain a resin solution of resin B-7 having an acid value of 55 mgKOH / g and a weight average molecular weight of 10000 and having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 C-1:DISPERBYK-2001(塩基性基を有する樹脂、アミン価29mgKOH/g、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製)の固形分濃度20質量%のPGMEA溶液
 C-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は質量比である。アミン価71mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9900)の20質量%のPGMEA溶液
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 C-3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は質量比である。アミン価80mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量8500)の20質量%のPGMEA溶液
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
C-1: PGMEA solution of DISPERBYK-2001 (resin having a basic group, amine value 29 mgKOH / g, manufactured by Big Chemie Japan) with a solid content concentration of 20% by mass C-2: Resin having the following structure (additional note to the main chain) The value obtained is the mass ratio. A 20% by mass PGMEA solution having an amine value of 71 mgKOH / g and a weight average molecular weight of 9900).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
C-3: PGMEA solution of 20% by mass of the resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the mass ratio. Amin value 80 mgKOH / g, weight average molecular weight 8500)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(溶剤)
 K-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
(solvent)
K-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
<着色組成物の製造>
 下記の表に記載の素材を混合して、着色組成物を調製した。なお、樹脂の配合量の値は固形分20質量%の樹脂溶液での配合量の値である。
<Manufacturing of coloring composition>
The materials listed in the table below were mixed to prepare a colored composition. The value of the blending amount of the resin is the value of the blending amount in the resin solution having a solid content of 20% by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
 上記表に記載の素材は、以下の通りである。 The materials listed in the above table are as follows.
(分散液)
 分散液R1~R39:上述した分散液R1~R39
(Dispersion)
Dispersions R1 to R39: Dispersions R1 to R39 described above
(樹脂)
 A-3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量11000、酸価69mgKOH/g)の20質量%PGMEA溶液
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 A-4:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量13000)の20質量%PGMEA溶液
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
(resin)
A-3: A 20% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 11000, acid value 69 mgKOH / g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
A-4: A 20% by mass PGMEA solution of a resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Weight average molecular weight 13000).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
(重合性化合物)
 E-1:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート
 E-2:トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシ変性トリアクリレート(東亞合成(株)製、アロニックス M-350)
 E-3:トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(東亞合成(株)製、アロニックス M-309)
 E-4:ウレタンアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、U-6LPA)
(Polymerizable compound)
E-1: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate E-2: Trimethylolpropane Ethyleneoxy-modified triacrylate (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., Aronix M-350)
E-3: Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., Aronix M-309)
E-4: Urethane acrylate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., U-6LPA)
(光重合開始剤)
[芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物OX]
 G-1~G-4:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
(Photopolymerization initiator)
[Oxime compound OX having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into the aromatic ring]
G-1 to G-4: Compounds with the following structures
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
[オキシム化合物OX以外の光重合開始剤]
 G-c1:下記構造の化合物(オキシム系光重合開始剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 G-c2:下記構造の化合物(ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 G-c3:Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製、オキシム系光重合開始剤)
[Photopolymerization initiators other than oxime compound OX]
G-c1: Compound with the following structure (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
G-c2: Compound with the following structure (benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
G-c3: Irgacure OXE02 (BASF, oxime-based photopolymerization initiator)
(添加剤)
 H-1:下記構造の化合物(紫外線吸収剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
(Additive)
H-1: Compound with the following structure (ultraviolet absorber)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
(界面活性剤)
 I-1:下記構造の化合物(重量平均分子量14000)の1質量%PGMEA溶液。下記の式中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
(Surfactant)
I-1: A 1% by mass PGMEA solution of a compound having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14000). In the formula below,% indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
(重合禁止剤)
 J―1:p-メトキシフェノール
(Polymerization inhibitor)
J-1: p-methoxyphenol
(溶剤)
 K-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 K-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
(solvent)
K-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
K-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
<着色組成物の性能評価>
(耐光性)
 ガラス基板上に、着色組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを使用して100℃120秒加熱処理(プリベーク)し、次いでi線で1000mj/cmの露光量で露光し、次いで、200℃で5分間加熱を行い、厚さ0.6μmの膜を作製した。得られた膜について、大塚電子(株)製のMCPD-3000を用い、波長400~700nmの範囲の光透過率(透過率)を測定した。次に、上記で作製した膜に対し、耐光試験機(スーパーキセノンウェザーメーターSX75、スガ試験機株式会社製)を用いて100000Luxの光を1000時間かけて照射した(総照射量1億Lux・hr)。光照射後の膜の透過率を測定し、以下の基準にて耐光性を評価した。A~Cが使用に問題ない範囲である。
 A:光照射後の膜の波長400~700nmの透過率の積算値が、光照射前の膜の波長400~700nmの透過率の積算値の99%以上である。
 B:光照射後の膜の波長400~700nmの透過率の積算値が、光照射前の膜の波長400~700nmの透過率の積算値の97%以上99%未満である。
 C:光照射後の膜の波長400~700nmの透過率の積算値が、光照射前の膜の波長400~700nmの透過率の積算値の95%以上97%未満である。
 D:光照射後の膜の波長400~700nmの透過率の積算値が、光照射前の膜の波長400~700nmの透過率の積算値の95%未満である。
<Performance evaluation of coloring composition>
(Light resistance)
The coloring composition was applied onto a glass substrate by a spin coating method, then heat-treated (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then exposed with an i-line at an exposure amount of 1000 mj / cm 2. Then, it was heated at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a film having a thickness of 0.6 μm. With respect to the obtained film, the light transmittance (transmittance) in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm was measured using MCPD-3000 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. Next, the film prepared above was irradiated with light of 100,000 Lux over 1000 hours using a light resistance tester (Super Xenon Weather Meter SX75, manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) (total irradiation amount 100 million Lux · hr). ). The transmittance of the film after light irradiation was measured, and the light resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria. A to C are in the range where there is no problem in use.
A: The integrated value of the transmittance of the film after light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 99% or more of the integrated value of the transmittance of the film before light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
B: The integrated value of the transmittance of the film after light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 97% or more and less than 99% of the integrated value of the transmittance of the film before light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
C: The integrated value of the transmittance of the film after light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 95% or more and less than 97% of the integrated value of the transmittance of the film before light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
D: The integrated value of the transmittance of the film after light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is less than 95% of the integrated value of the transmittance of the film before light irradiation at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm.
(密着性)
 直径8インチ(=203.2mm)のシリコンウエハ上にCT-4000(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)を膜厚が0.1μmとなるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で1時間加熱して下地層を形成した。この下地層付きのシリコンウエハ上に各着色組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、その後、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱して、膜厚0.5μmの組成物層を得た。この組成物層に対して、i線ステッパーFPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用し、一辺1.1μmの正方ピクセルがそれぞれ基板上の4mm×3mmの領域に配列されたマスクパターンを介して、365nmの波長の光を500mJ/cmの露光量で照射して露光した。露光後の組成物層に対し、テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイドの0.3質量%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにて水を用いてリンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗いを行った。その後、水滴を高圧のエアーで飛ばし、シリコンウエハを自然乾燥させたのち、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間ポストベークを行い、画素を形成した。得られた画素について、光学顕微鏡を用いて観察し、全画素中密着している画素の数をカウントして密着性を評価した。A~Cが使用に問題ない範囲である。
 A:すべての画素が密着している。
 B:密着している画素が、全画素の98%以上100%未満である。
 C:密着している画素が、全画素の95%以上98%未満である。
 D:密着している画素が、全画素の95%未満である。
(Adhesion)
CT-4000 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) is applied on a silicon wafer with a diameter of 8 inches (= 203.2 mm) by a spin coating method so that the film thickness is 0.1 μm, and a hot plate is used. The underlayer was formed by heating at 220 ° C. for 1 hour. Each colored composition was applied onto the silicon wafer with a base layer by a spin coating method, and then heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a composition layer having a film thickness of 0.5 μm. For this composition layer, an i-line stepper FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) was used, and square pixels having a side of 1.1 μm were arranged in a 4 mm × 3 mm region on the substrate via a mask pattern. Then, light having a wavelength of 365 nm was irradiated with an exposure amount of 500 mJ / cm 2 for exposure. The composition layer after exposure was paddle-developed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide. Then, it was rinsed with water in a spin shower, and further washed with pure water. Then, water droplets were blown off with high-pressure air, the silicon wafer was naturally dried, and then post-baked at 220 ° C. for 300 seconds using a hot plate to form pixels. The obtained pixels were observed using an optical microscope, and the number of pixels in close contact with each other was counted to evaluate the adhesion. A to C are in the range where there is no problem in use.
A: All pixels are in close contact.
B: The number of pixels in close contact is 98% or more and less than 100% of all the pixels.
C: The number of pixels in close contact is 95% or more and less than 98% of all the pixels.
D: The number of pixels in close contact is less than 95% of all pixels.
(異物)
 ガラス基板上に、着色組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを使用して100℃120秒加熱処理(プリベーク)し、次いでi線で1000mj/cmの露光量で露光し、次いで、200℃で5分間加熱を行い、厚さ0.6μmの膜を作製した。
 得られた膜について、更に230℃で30分間、245℃で30分間、および260℃で30分間の加熱処理をそれぞれ実施した。加熱処理後の膜を光学顕微鏡にて観察し、結晶析出の有無を下記基準に従って判定した。A~Cが使用に問題ない範囲である。
 A:230℃で30分間、245℃で30分間、および260℃で30分間のいずれの加熱処理後も結晶の析出はなかった。
 B:230℃で30分間および245℃で30分間の加熱処理では結晶は析出しなかったが、260℃で30分間の加熱処理で結晶が析出した。
 C:230℃で30分間の加熱処理では結晶は析出しなかったが、245℃で30分間の加熱処理では結晶が析出した。
 D:230℃で30分間の加熱処理で結晶が析出した。
(Foreign matter)
The coloring composition was applied onto a glass substrate by a spin coating method, then heat-treated (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then exposed with an i-line at an exposure amount of 1000 mj / cm 2. Then, it was heated at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a film having a thickness of 0.6 μm.
The obtained film was further heat-treated at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, at 245 ° C. for 30 minutes, and at 260 ° C. for 30 minutes, respectively. The film after the heat treatment was observed with an optical microscope, and the presence or absence of crystal precipitation was determined according to the following criteria. A to C are in the range where there is no problem in use.
A: No crystal precipitation occurred after any of the heat treatments at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, 245 ° C. for 30 minutes, and 260 ° C. for 30 minutes.
B: No crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes and at 245 ° C. for 30 minutes, but crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 260 ° C. for 30 minutes.
C: No crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, but crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 245 ° C. for 30 minutes.
D: Crystals were precipitated by heat treatment at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
(分光特性)
 ガラス基板上に、着色組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを使用して100℃120秒加熱処理(プリベーク)し、次いでi線で1000mj/cmの露光量で露光し、次いで、200℃で5分間加熱を行い、厚さ0.6μmの膜を作製した。得られた膜について、大塚電子(株)製のMCPD-3000を用い、400~700nmの範囲の光透過率(透過率)を測定した。400~500nmの透過率の平均値をT1、500~550nmの透過率の平均値をT2、50%透過率をλ50としたときに、以下の基準で赤色としての分光特性を判断した。以下3項目を全て満たしている場合をA、2項目のみ満たしている場合をB、1項目のみ満たしている場合をC、いずれも満たしていない場合をDとした。
 ・T1が5%以下である。
 ・T2が5%以下である。
 ・λ50が530~590nmの範囲内である。
(Spectroscopic characteristics)
The coloring composition was applied onto a glass substrate by a spin coating method, then heat-treated (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then exposed with an i-line at an exposure amount of 1000 mj / cm 2. Then, it was heated at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a film having a thickness of 0.6 μm. With respect to the obtained film, the light transmittance (transmittance) in the range of 400 to 700 nm was measured using MCPD-3000 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. When the average value of the transmittance at 400 to 500 nm was T1, the average value of the transmittance at 500 to 550 nm was T2, and the 50% transmittance was λ50, the spectral characteristics as red were determined based on the following criteria. The case where all three items are satisfied is A, the case where only two items are satisfied is B, the case where only one item is satisfied is C, and the case where none of them is satisfied is D.
-T1 is 5% or less.
-T2 is 5% or less.
Λ50 is in the range of 530 to 590 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
 上記表に示すように、実施例は、耐光性、密着性および異物の評価が優れていた。これに対し、比較例は、耐光性、密着性および異物のいずれかが実施例よりも劣っていた。
 また、実施例R1~R62の着色組成物から得られた膜は、赤色の色価が高く、かつ、カラーフィルタの赤色着色画素として好ましい分光特性を有していた。
As shown in the above table, the examples were excellent in the evaluation of light resistance, adhesion and foreign matter. On the other hand, the comparative example was inferior to the example in any of light resistance, adhesion and foreign matter.
Further, the films obtained from the coloring compositions of Examples R1 to R62 had a high red color value and had preferable spectral characteristics as red colored pixels of the color filter.
(実施例1001)
 シリコンウエハ上に、緑色着色組成物を製膜後の膜厚が1.0μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、1000mJ/cmの露光量で2μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、200℃で5分間加熱することで、緑色着色組成物をパターニングして緑色画素を形成した。同様に赤色着色組成物、青色着色組成物を同様のプロセスでパターニングして、赤色画素、青色画素を順次形成して、緑色画素、赤色画素および青色画素を有するカラーフィルタを形成した。このカラーフィルタにおいては、緑色画素がベイヤーパターンで形成されており、その隣接する領域に、赤色画素、青色画素がアイランドパターンで形成されている。得られたカラーフィルタを公知の方法に従い固体撮像素子に組み込んだ。この固体撮像素子は好適な画像認識能を有していた。なお、赤色着色組成物としては、実施例R1の着色組成物を使用した。緑色着色組成物、青色着色組成物については後述する。
(Example 1001)
The green coloring composition was applied onto the silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 1.0 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) , exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 2 μm square. Then, paddle development was carried out at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it was rinsed with a spin shower and then washed with pure water. Then, the green coloring composition was patterned to form green pixels by heating at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate. Similarly, the red coloring composition and the blue coloring composition were patterned by the same process to sequentially form red pixels and blue pixels to form a color filter having green pixels, red pixels and blue pixels. In this color filter, green pixels are formed in a Bayer pattern, and red pixels and blue pixels are formed in an island pattern in an adjacent region thereof. The obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state image sensor according to a known method. This solid-state image sensor had a suitable image recognition ability. As the red coloring composition, the coloring composition of Example R1 was used. The green coloring composition and the blue coloring composition will be described later.
(緑色着色組成物の調製)
 下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、緑色着色組成物を調製した。
 緑色顔料分散液:73.7質量部
 樹脂101:0.3質量部
 重合性化合物101:1.2質量部
 光重合開始剤101:0.6質量部
 界面活性剤101:4.2質量部
 PGMEA:19.5質量部
(Preparation of green coloring composition)
The following components were mixed, stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a green coloring composition.
Green pigment dispersion: 73.7 parts by mass Resin 101: 0.3 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 101: 1.2 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 101: 0.6 parts by mass Surfactant 101: 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA : 19.5 parts by mass
(青色着色組成物の調製)
 下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、青色着色組成物を調製した。
 青色顔料分散液:44.9質量部
 樹脂101:2.1質量部
 重合性化合物101:1.5質量部
 重合性化合物102:0.7質量部
 光重合開始剤101:0.8質量部
 界面活性剤101:4.2質量部
 PGMEA:45.8質量部
(Preparation of blue coloring composition)
The following components were mixed, stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a blue coloring composition.
Blue pigment dispersion: 44.9 parts by mass Resin 101: 2.1 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 101: 1.5 parts by mass Polymerized compound 102: 0.7 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 101: 0.8 parts by mass Interface Activator 101: 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA: 45.8 parts by mass
 緑色着色組成物、青色着色組成物の調製に使用した素材は、以下の通りである。 The materials used to prepare the green coloring composition and the blue coloring composition are as follows.
 緑色顔料分散液
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン36を6.4質量部、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150を5.3質量部、分散剤(Disperbyk-161、BYKChemie社製)を5.2質量部、PGMEAを83.1質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合および分散して、顔料分散液を調製した。その後さらに、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行なった。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、緑色顔料分散液を得た。
Green pigment dispersion C. I. Pigment Green 36 at 6.4 parts by mass, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 is 5.3 parts by mass, dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie) is 5.2 parts by mass, and PGMEA is 83.1 parts by mass. To prepare a pigment dispersion liquid by mixing and dispersing for 3 hours. After that, a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform a dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2000 kg / cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a green pigment dispersion liquid.
 青色顔料分散液
 C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6を9.7質量部、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23を2.4質量部、分散剤(Disperbyk-161、BYKChemie社製)を5.5質量部、PGMEAを82.4質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合及び分散した。その後更に、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、青色顔料分散液を得た。
Blue pigment dispersion C. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 at 9.7 parts by mass, C.I. I. A mixed solution consisting of 2.4 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.5 parts by mass of a dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie), and 82.4 parts by mass of PGMEA is used in a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter). Was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours. After that, a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform a dispersion treatment under a pressure of 2000 kg / cm 3 at a flow rate of 500 g / min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid.
 重合性化合物101:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製)
 重合性化合物102:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Polymerizable compound 101: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Polymerizable compound 102: A compound having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 樹脂101:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量11000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Resin 101: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 11000, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 光重合開始剤101:Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製) Photopolymerization initiator 101: Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
 界面活性剤101:下記構造の化合物(重量平均分子量14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である)の1質量%PGMEA溶液。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Surfactant 101: A 1% by mass PGMEA solution of a compound having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14000,% value indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070

Claims (17)

  1.  顔料を含む色材と、光重合開始剤と、重合性化合物と、樹脂とを含む着色組成物であって、
     前記顔料は、芳香族環に電子供与性基が導入された芳香族環基ArD1がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する顔料DPPを含み、
     前記光重合開始剤は、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物OXを含む、
     着色組成物。
    A coloring composition containing a coloring material containing a pigment, a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and a resin.
    The pigment comprises a pigment DPP having a structure in which an aromatic ring group Ar D1 having an electron donating group introduced into an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.
    The photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime compound OX having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-attracting group is introduced into the aromatic ring.
    Coloring composition.
  2.  前記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基は、アシル基およびニトロ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the electron-attracting group contained in the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is at least one selected from an acyl group and a nitro group.
  3.  前記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基は、アシル基である、請求項1に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the electron-attracting group contained in the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is an acyl group.
  4.  前記芳香族環基ArOX1は、式(OR-1)で表される基である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式中、ROX1は置換基を表し、ROX2は電子求引性基を表し、nは0~4の整数を表し、波線は結合手を表す。
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 is a group represented by the formula (OR-1);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Wherein, R OX1 represents a substituent, R OX2 represents an electron-withdrawing group, n represents an integer of 0 to 4, the wavy line represents a bond.
  5.  前記オキシム化合物OXは、式(OR-11)で表される基および式(OR-12)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式中、ROX11は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
     ROX12は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
     波線は結合手を表す。
    The oxime compound OX has at least one group selected from the group represented by the formula (OR-11) and the group represented by the formula (OR-12), any one of claims 1 to 4. The coloring composition according to
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the formula, ROX11 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group. Represents a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group.
    ROX12 contains an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl. Represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group
    The wavy line represents the bond.
  6.  前記オキシム化合物OXは、式(OX1)で表される化合物および式(OX2)で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     式中、RX1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
     RX2は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
     RX3~RX14は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す;
     ただし、RX10~RX14のうち少なくとも一つは、電子求引性基である。
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the oxime compound OX is at least one selected from the compound represented by the formula (OX1) and the compound represented by the formula (OX2). ;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In the formula, RX1 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group. Represents a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group.
    RX2 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group and an aryl. Represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group
    R X3 ~ R X14 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent independently;
    Provided that at least one of R X10 ~ R X14 is an electron withdrawing group.
  7.  前記芳香族環基ArD1が有する電子供与性基は、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基およびアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The electron-donating group of the aromatic ring group Ar D1 is at least one selected from a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group and an amino group, claims 1 to 6. The coloring composition according to any one of the above items.
  8.  前記芳香族環基ArD1は、式(AR-1)で表される基である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     式中、RD1は置換基を表し、RD2は電子供与性基を表し、nは0~4の整数を表し、波線はジケトピロロピロール骨格との結合手を表す。
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the aromatic ring group Ar D1 is a group represented by the formula (AR-1);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    Wherein, R D1 represents a substituent, R D2 represents an electron donating group, n represents an integer of 0 to 4, the wavy line represents a bond to diketopyrrolopyrrole backbone.
  9.  前記顔料DPPは、式(DPP1)で表される化合物である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     式中、RD11およびRD12はそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、
     RD21およびRD22はそれぞれ独立して電子供与性基を表し、
     n11およびn12はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表す。
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the pigment DPP is a compound represented by the formula (DPP1);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    In the formula, R D11 and R D12 each independently represent a substituent and represent a substituent.
    R D21 and R D22 each independently represent an electron donating group.
    n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  10.  前記顔料DPPは、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド264およびカラーインデックスピグメントレッド272から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the pigment DPP contains at least one selected from Color Index Pigment Red 264 and Color Index Pigment Red 272.
  11.  着色組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量が50質量%以上である、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 50% by mass or more.
  12.  固体撮像素子用である、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, which is used for a solid-state image sensor.
  13.  カラーフィルタ用である、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12, which is used for a color filter.
  14.  請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を用いて得られる膜。 A film obtained by using the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
  15.  請求項14に記載の膜を有するカラーフィルタ。 A color filter having the film according to claim 14.
  16.  請求項14に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state image sensor having the film according to claim 14.
  17.  請求項14に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。 An image display device having the film according to claim 14.
PCT/JP2021/005564 2020-02-20 2021-02-15 Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device WO2021166857A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022501879A JP7429283B2 (en) 2020-02-20 2021-02-15 Colored compositions, films, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
KR1020227027833A KR20220127879A (en) 2020-02-20 2021-02-15 Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-026816 2020-02-20
JP2020026816 2020-02-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021166857A1 true WO2021166857A1 (en) 2021-08-26

Family

ID=77391214

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/005564 WO2021166857A1 (en) 2020-02-20 2021-02-15 Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7429283B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20220127879A (en)
TW (1) TW202138486A (en)
WO (1) WO2021166857A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008281653A (en) * 2007-05-08 2008-11-20 Taiyo Ink Mfg Ltd Photocurable resin composition, dry film, cured product, and printed wiring board
JP2012215717A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Taiyo Ink Mfg Ltd Curable resin composition, and dry film and printed wiring board using the same
JP2017061688A (en) * 2013-09-25 2017-03-30 三菱化学株式会社 Pigment dispersion
WO2018123462A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern manufacturing method, color filter manufacturing method, method of manufacturing sold state imaging element, and method of manufacturing image display device
JP2019148746A (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-05 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filters
JP6586258B2 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-10-02 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2019211497A (en) * 2018-05-31 2019-12-12 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red colored composition for color filter and color filter

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016103994A1 (en) 2014-12-25 2016-06-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7077765B2 (en) 2018-05-17 2022-05-31 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Manufacturing method of red coloring composition for color filter and color filter

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008281653A (en) * 2007-05-08 2008-11-20 Taiyo Ink Mfg Ltd Photocurable resin composition, dry film, cured product, and printed wiring board
JP2012215717A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Taiyo Ink Mfg Ltd Curable resin composition, and dry film and printed wiring board using the same
JP2017061688A (en) * 2013-09-25 2017-03-30 三菱化学株式会社 Pigment dispersion
WO2018123462A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern manufacturing method, color filter manufacturing method, method of manufacturing sold state imaging element, and method of manufacturing image display device
JP6586258B2 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-10-02 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2019148746A (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-05 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filters
JP2019211497A (en) * 2018-05-31 2019-12-12 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red colored composition for color filter and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7429283B2 (en) 2024-02-07
TW202138486A (en) 2021-10-16
KR20220127879A (en) 2022-09-20
JPWO2021166857A1 (en) 2021-08-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7436620B2 (en) Photosensitive compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
WO2021215133A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2021157501A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2020166510A1 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and polymer compound
WO2022059394A1 (en) Curable composition, cured product, color filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, and polymer compound
JP7428784B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
JP7428783B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
JP2024040152A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device
JP7080325B2 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP7045456B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2020184245A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JPWO2020110873A1 (en) Colored photosensitive compositions, films, color filters, solid-state image sensors and image display devices
JP7383146B2 (en) Photosensitive compositions, films, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JP7198819B2 (en) Curable composition, method for producing curable composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7429283B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
WO2021166858A1 (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
WO2021172142A1 (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display apparatus, and asymmetrical diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
WO2020241389A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP2021148934A (en) Photosensitive composition, cured material, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and compound
TW202024139A (en) Colored composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device
JP7414948B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
JP7290731B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2021117590A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2021149596A1 (en) Color composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2021015048A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21756215

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022501879

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21756215

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1